Download: Mirror Download [FCC.gov] Document ID 856097 Application ID YdmgZNGylZBKQigK0Ylp2w== Document Description User Manual Part 1 Short Term Confidential No Permanent Confidential No Supercede No Document Type User Manual Display Format Adobe Acrobat PDF - pdf Filesize 244.43kB (3055398 bits) Date Submitted 2007-10-18 00:00:00 Date Available 2007-11-28 00:00:00 Creation Date 2007-10-11 15:14:29 Producing Software Acrobat Distiller 6.0 (Windows) Document Lastmod 2007-10-11 15:14:41 Document Title Users Manual Document Creator FrameMaker 7.2 Document Author: Administrator
Manual for
Easy Search/
Contents/Precautions
Before Using the Handset
â07.10
Voice/Videophone Calls
PushTalk
Phonebook
Sound/Screen/Light Settings
Security Settings
Camera
i-mode/i-motion/
i-Channel
Mail
i-Îąppli
Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa
GPS Function
Full Browser
Data Display/Edit/Management
Music Playback
Other Convenient Functions
Character Entry
Network Services
Data Communication
Overseas Use
Appendix/External Devices/
Troubleshooting
Index/Quick Manual
DoCoMo W-CDMA system
Thank you for selecting the âFOMA P905iâ.
Before or during use of the FOMA P905i, make sure that you read this manual and the separate
manuals such as for the battery pack thoroughly so that you can use the FOMA P905i correctly.
If you feel any inconvenience in reading the manual, contact the DoCoMo Information Center listed
on the back page of this manual.
The FOMA P905i is designed to be your close partner.
Treat it carefully at all times to ensure long-term performance.
Before using your FOMA phone
âBecause the FOMA phones use radio waves, they cannot be used in places where radio waves do not reach, such as
inside tunnels, underground, or in buildings; or the outside where radio waves are weak or out of the FOMA service area.
They may not be used in the high-rise buildings even when the antennas are unobstructed. You may also experience
interruption of calls even when using without moving while the radio waves are strong enough for the three antennas to
appear on the display.
âUse the FOMA phone carefully to avoid disturbing other people when in public, or in crowded or quiet places.
âSince the FOMA phones use radio waves as the medium of telecommunication, calls may be tapped by the third party.
However, the W-CDMA system automatically supports tapping prevention, so your conversation will be incomprehensible
to the third party.
âThe FOMA phones change your voice into digital signals and send them to the other party. In places where the radio
waves are weak, the digital signals may not be converted correctly, and in such a case, the voice may sound different from
the actual original voice.
âIt is recommended that you make separate notes of the information stored in the FOMA phone and keep such notes in a
safe place. DoCoMo cannot be held responsible in any way for the loss of data stored in the phone.
âThe user hereby agrees that the user shall be solely responsible for the result of the use of SSL. Neither DoCoMo nor the
certifiers as listed herein make any representation and warranty as for the security in the use of SSL. In the event that the
user shall sustain damage or loss due to the use of SSL, neither DoCoMo nor the certifiers shall be responsible for any
such damage or loss.
Certifiers: VeriSign Japan K.K., Cybertrust, Inc., GeoTrust Japan, Inc., RSA Security Inc.,
and SECOM Trust Systems Co., Ltd.
âThis FOMA phone supports FOMA Plus-Area.
âThe FOMA phone can be used only via the FOMA network provided by DoCoMo and in DoCoMoâs roaming area.
For those who use the FOMA phone for the first time
If this is the first time for you to use the FOMA phone, read this manual in the order as described
below. Then you will get acquainted with the outline of preparing and operating procedures for
using your FOMA phone.
1. Check âSafety Precautionsâ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2. Attach and then charge the battery pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. Turn on the power, set the initial settings, and check your phone number . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4. Check the keys on the FOMA phone for their roles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5. Check the meanings of icons that appear on the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6. Learn how to operate the menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7. Get well acquainted how to make and receive calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
You can download the latest information about this manual from the following
DoCoMo web site:
ăťUserâs Manual (PDF file) Download
(http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/support/manual/index.html)
âťThe URL and the content of the web site might be modified without notice.
P.12
P.41
P.45
P.24
P.26
P.31
P.52
Easy Search/Contents/Precautions
In this manual, illustrations and symbols are used in the explanations so that you can easily understand how to
use the FOMA phone correctly.
p The operating procedures and displays in this manual are described with the default settings of the âWhiteâ
handset. However, they are described also with âMenu icon settingâ set to âPink goldâ, and âStand-by displayâ
of âDisplay settingâ set to âOFFâ.
p Unless otherwise specified, the descriptions of the operating procedures in this manual start from the Stand-by
display.
p Operations are described in the method of âScroll Selectionâ (see page 31).
p Displays and illustrations described in this manual are for reference. The actual ones might differ.
p In this manual, âOsaifu-Keitai compatible i-Îąppli which supports the IC card functionâ is described as
âOsaifu-Keitai compatible i-Îąppliâ.
How to Refer to This Manual
By the following search methods, you can find pages where your desired functions and services are described:
From the Index
Search from the index when you know the names of functions or services.
From Easy Search
Search from keywords for the functions you frequently use or the functions that are convenient if you can know any.
From the Tabs on the Cover
Search from the tabs printed on the cover.
See the next page for details.
From the Contents
P.6
Search from the contents that categorize functions.
From the Main Functions
P.8
Search from the main functions when you want to use.
From the Function List
P.394
Search from the function list.
From Quick Manual
P.458
Quick Manual gives you a clear, brief description about basic functions. You can take it when you go out.
Further, Quick Manual âFor Overseas Useâ is attached, so refer to it when you use the FOMA phone overseas.
Illustrations for keys
pIn this manual, the illustrations for keys are simplified.
For the illustration for keys used in this manual, see âPhone Parts and
Functionsâ on page 24.
pFor the description of the operating procedures in this manual, see
page 31.
Actual key
Illustration in
this manual
(Body color: Black/White)
(Body color: Red)
-1
(Body color: Pink gold)
pNote that âFOMA P905iâ is referred to as âFOMA phoneâ in this manual.
pThe functions which use a microSD memory card are described in this manual; however, you need to obtain a microSD
memory card separately to make these functions available. See page 293 for the microSD memory card.
pIt is prohibited to copy all or part of this manual without permission.
pThe instructions contained in this manual may be changed without notice.
Easy Search/Contents/Precautions
How to Read/Refer to This Manual
Easy Search/Contents/Precautions
How to search for âAlarmâ is explained here as an example of search method.
From the Index
P.450
Search for a function or a service name as shown below.
Add to a phonebook entry
Add to phonebook (Phone)
Add to phonebook (UIM)
Additional service
Additional guidance
Address link function
Alarm
Alarm setting
Answer setting
Antenna
Any key answer
ÎąPower saver
Area mail
From Easy Search
87
84, 87
84, 87
378
378
164
335
341
62
25
62
220
202
Go to page 335
where âAlarmâ
is explained.
P.4
Search for the function you frequently use or that is convenient if you can know any as shown below.
Other things you can do
To reduce the battery consumption ...................107
To scan QR codes or Bar codes .......................146
To check the location where you are,
or the surroundings ......................................... 232
To use the microSD memory card.....................293
To exchange information using infrared rays ....303
To listen to music...............................................323
To use the FOMA phone as an alarm clock ......335
To use the FOMA phone as a calculator ...........345
To use the FOMA phone overseas....................386
To bring software programs up to date..............434
To bring security up to date ...............................440
From the Tabs on the Cover
Go to page 335
where âAlarmâ
is explained.
Cover page
Search for the function you want to set in the order of âCoverâ â âFirst page of Chapterâ â âDescription
pageâ as shown below.
One Seg
Full Browser/PC Movie
Data Display/Edit/
Management
Music&Video Channel/
Music Playback
Other Convenient Functions
Character Entry
Multiaccess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšMultiaccessâş
332
Multitask. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšMultitaskâş
332
Informing You of an Incoming Call/Mail Message by Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšReading Aloudâş
333
Turning Power On/Off Automatically at a Specified Time. . . . . . . . . . . âšAuto Power ON/OFFâş
335
Using Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšAlarmâş
335
Using Calendar to Manage Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšScheduleâş
337
Using ToDo to Manage Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšToDoâş
340
Setting Operating Conditions of Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšAlarm Settingâş
341
Using Your Original Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšPrivate Menu Settingâş
341
Storing Your Name, Mail Address and Other Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšOwn Numberâş
342
Recording Voice during a Call or Standby as Voice Memo
Network Services
PC Connection
Overseas Use
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšVoice Memo during a Callâş âšVoice Memoâş
343
Recording Images during a Videophone Call as a Movie Memo . . . . . . . . . . . âšMovie Memoâş
343
Go to page 335
where âAlarmâ
is explained.
Menu number
(See page 33)
+m-4-4
< Alarm>
Using Alarm
Operating procedure
(See page 31)
Reference display
(Characters and settings
are for reference.)
mStationeryAlarm
Highlight an alarm and press l(
Do the following operations.
Item
Operation/Explanation
(Alarm)
(Time)
Enter the time for sounding the alarm.
pYou cannot set the same time as the time
set for the stored alarm.
(Volume)
(Snooze)
Use Bo to adjust the volume.
pIf you set âStepâ, the alarm tone is silent for
about three seconds, and then the volume
steps up every about three seconds, from
Level 1 through Level 6.
You can set whether to activate Snooze. If
you set to âOFFâ, set the duration that the
alarm tone is to continue sounding.
ON or OFFEnter a ring time (minutes).
pYou can enter from â01â through â10â in two
digits.
You can set whether to turn on the power
automatically to make an alarm sound when
the alarm time arrives during power off.
ON or OFF
You can set the alarm tone which sounds at
the specified time during Manner Mode.
(Prefer
manner mode) ON or OFF
ON . . . . Sounds at the same volume as set
for âAlarm volumeâ.
OFF . . . Sounds at the volume set for this
function.
Options and their
explanations
Press l(
).
Go to step 1 of âUsing Alarmâ on page 372.
Detail
You can display the stored alarm contents.
Set this
You can validate the stored alarm.
YES
pYou can validate also by pressing
Oo(
).
Set all
You can validate all the stored alarm.
YES
Release this
You can invalidate the stored alarm.
YES
pYou can invalidate also by pressing
Oo(
).
Release all
You can invalidate all the stored alarm.
YES
Operation and
supplementary
explanation for
each item
Information
pDuring a call, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for
âVolumeâ (earpiece volume).
pIf any of the following events occurs in Snooze state,
Snooze is released:
ｼWhen you receive a voice call, videophone call, or
PushTalk call
ｼWhen you receive a mail message or Message R/F while
âReceiving displayâ is set to âAlarm preferredâ
ｼWhen you receive a location provision request while
âLocation request menuâ or the setting by service is set to
other than âOFFâ
ｼWhen an alarm tone of âScheduleâ, âToDoâ, âBook
programâ or âTimer recordingâ sounds.
pWhen you set the power to automatically turn on and an
alarm to sound, the default alarm tone sounds if the alarm
which is set with the UIM restrictions has been selected.
pTurn off the FOMA phone after setting âAuto power ONâ to
âOFFâ when you are near electronic devices using highprecision control or weak signals, or where the use is
prohibited such as in airplanes and hospitals.
â When you set an alarm for âAlarmâ, âScheduleâ, and
âToDoâ
The icon appears on the desktop.
â â . . . Displayed when an alarm is set for today (except
the setting for past time).
â â . . . Displayed when an alarm is set for tomorrow or
onward only.
pIf you set âDisplay settingâ â âClockâ â âClock displayâ to
âOFFâ, or set the alarm of the stored schedule event/ToDo
item to âOFFâ, the icons are not displayed.
335
Cautions or
references for
using each
function
Other Convenient Functions
(Auto power
ON)
Select a type of alarm tone
Select a folderSelect an alarm tone.
Operation/Explanation
Edit
You can set whether to validate or invalidate
the alarm.
ON or OFF
(Alarm)
Function Menu while Alarm is displayed
Function menu
You can set Alarm to alert you at the specified time with
an alarm tone, animation and illumination. You can
store up to five alarms.
Items shown on the
display
(Some items cannot
be executed.)
You can search
by chapter.
Chapter title
Operations related to
the function and
explanations for
supplementary
operations
Note: The page above is a sample.
Easy Search/Contents/Precautions
Function name
You can find this in
Index.
Easy Search/Contents/Precautions
Easy Search
To retrieve the operation for the desired function with simple words, refer to the following:
To know convenient functions for making calls
To/Not to notify your phone number to the other party ... 47
To switch to a videophone call during a voice call... 52
To change a volume level of the other partyâs voice .....63
To put a call on hold during a call........................ 64
To do the following when you cannot answer calls
To put an incoming call on hold before answering ....64
To convey the message that you need to
refrain from talking on the phone ...................... 65
...................... 66
To record voice/video messages......................... 67
To change melody or illumination
To adjust the ring volume .................................... 64
To change ring tones according to callers........... 84
To change ring tones........................................... 98
To know incoming calls by vibrator....................100
To silence the keypad sound.............................101
To activate Manner Mode..................................102
To change colors/lighting patterns of Call
indicator for incoming calls..............................111
To change/know display settings
To know the meaning of marks (icons) on the display
............................................................................ 28
To change the menu display ............................... 35
To change the Stand-by display (Wallpaper) ....104
To display a calendar on the Stand-by display...... 104
To change the character size ............................115
To make full use of mail
To send Deco-mail ............................................175
To send images.................................................179
To sort and save mail automatically ..................196
Easy Search/Contents/Precautions
To make full use of camera
To shoot with the photo light..............................143
To change the shooting size..............................143
To save to the microSD memory card ...............144
To display shot images......................................274
To use the FOMA phone with a sense of security
To lock the FOMA phone from away
when it gets lost ..............................................120 âť1
To keep Phonebook entries from prying eyes .... 126
To reject calls without a caller ID.......................128
To reject calls from the phone numbers
not in the Phonebook ......................................129
To separately store Phonebook and other
data files in preparation for their erasure ........129 âť2
âť1 This is a pay service.
âť2 This is a pay service which is available on a subscription basis.
To make full use of One Seg
To watch One Seg.............................................247
To record One Seg programs........ 252
To book/To set timer recording for One Seg programs
.................................................... 253
To change settings of video and audio..............256
Other things you can do
To reduce the battery consumption ...................107
To scan QR codes or Bar codes .......................146
To check the location where you are,
or the surroundings ......................................... 232
To use the microSD memory card.....................293
To exchange information using infrared rays ....303
To listen to music...............................................323
To use the FOMA phone as an alarm clock ......335
To use the FOMA phone as a calculator ...........345
To use the FOMA phone overseas....................386
To bring software programs up to date..............434
To bring security up to date ...............................440
pThe operating procedures for frequently used functions are summarized in Quick Manual. (See page 458)
Easy Search/Contents/Precautions
Contents
How to Read/Refer to This Manual.......................................1
Safety Precautions.............................................................. 12
Easy Search ...........................................................................4
Notes on Handling .............................................................. 17
Contents .................................................................................6
Intellectual Property Rights ............................................... 20
Main Functions of FOMA P905i ............................................8
Making Full Use of FOMA P905i!........................................10
Accessories and Main Options.......................................... 22
Before Using the Handset
23
Voice/Videophone Calls
49
PushTalk
Phone Parts and Functions, Styles, Display, Method for Selecting Menu,
Simple Menu, Guide, UIM (FOMA Card), Battery, Charging, Power ON/OFF,
Select Language, Initial Setting, Set Time, World Time Watch,
Caller ID Notification, Own Number, etc.
Making a Call/Videophone Call, Switching between a Voice Call and Videophone
Call, Call Records, Chaku-moji, WORLD CALL, Hands-free, Receiving a Call/
Videophone Call, Answer Setting, Volume, Ring Volume, Public Mode (Drive Mode),
Public Mode (Power Off), Record Message Setting, Chara-den, etc.
What is PushTalk?, Making a PushTalk Call, Add Member, Receiving a PushTalk
Call, PushTalk Phonebook, Setting PushTalk Calling/Receiving, etc.
75
Phonebook
83
Sound/Screen/Light
Settings
Available Phonebooks, Add to Phonebook (FOMA phone/UIM), Group Setting,
Search Phonebook, No. of Phonebook, Two-touch Dial, Voice Dial,
Data Security Service, etc.
Select Ring Tone, Vibrator, Manner Mode, Display Setting, Private Window,
Backlight, Color Theme Setting, Menu Icon Setting, Kisekae Tool, Feel Settings,
Illumination, Desktop Icon, Font, Character Size, etc.
97
Security Settings
117
Camera
131
i-mode/i-motion/i-Channel
151
Mail
171
i-Îąppli
Passwords, Change Security Code, UIM Setting, Releasing PIN Lock, Lock All,
Omakase Lock, Self Mode, Personal Data Lock, Keypad Dial Lock, Secret Mode,
Mail Security, Restrictions, Call Setting without ID, Reject Unknown, etc.
Before Using Cameras, Still Image Shoot, Moving Image Shoot,
Settings for Shooting Images, Setting Image Size/Image Quality,
Bar Code Reader, Text Reader
What is i-mode?, iMenu, Last URL, My Menu, Change i-mode Password,
Enter URL, Bookmark, Screen Memo, Download, i-mode Settings, SSL Certificate,
Client Certificate, What is i-motion?, What is i-Channel?, etc.
i-mode Mail, Deco-mail, Template, Attachments, Photo-sending,
Mail Auto-receive, Receive Option, Check New Message, Inbox, Outbox, Draft,
Auto-sort, Message R/F, Area Mail, Chat Mail, SMS, Web Mail, etc.
What is i-Îąppli?, i-Îąppli Download, i-Îąppli Run, iÎąppli Settings,
Starting i-Îąppli Automatically, i-Îąppli Stand-by Display, iÎąppli(microSD)
209
Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa
223
What is Osaifu-Keitai?, What is iC Transfer Service?,
Osaifu-Keitai Compatible i-Îąppli, What is ToruCa?, Obtain ToruCa Files,
ToruCa Viewer, ToruCa File List/Detailed ToruCa File Display, ToruCa Settings,
IC Card Lock
231
One Seg
243
Full Browser/PC Movie
About Using GPS Function, Position Location, GPS compatible i-Îąppli,
Provide Location, Notify of Location, Location History, Service Settings,
GPS Settings
What is One Seg?, Before Using One Seg, Channel Setting,
Activate 1Seg, Program Guide i-Îąppli, Data Broadcasting, TVlink,
Recording One Seg, Book Program/Timer Recording, User Settings
Full Browser, Full Browser Settings, What is PC Movie?, Downloading PC Movies,
PC Movie Player
259
Data Display/Edit/
Management
271
Music&Video Channel/
Music Playback
Data Box, Picture Viewer, i-motion Player, Video Player, Chara-den,
Melody Player, Kisekae Tool, microSD Memory Card, Managing Folders,
Infrared Data Exchange, iC Communication, PDF Viewer, Document Viewer,
AV Output, etc.
What is Music&Video Channel?, Setting Programs,
Playing Back/Operating Programs, Playing Back Music, Saving Music Files,
MUSIC Player, Playlist
315
Other Convenient
Functions
Multiaccess, Multitask, Reading Aloud, Alarm, Schedule, ToDo,
Private Menu Setting, Own Number, Voice Memo, Movie Memo, Call Data,
Calculator, Text Memo, UIM Operation, Bluetooth, Reset Settings, Initialize, etc.
331
Character Entry
355
Network Services
363
PC Connection
379
Overseas Use
385
Appendix/External Devices/
Troubleshooting
393
Character Entry, Mode 1 (5-touch), Common Phrases, Cut/Copy/Paste,
Own Dictionary, Learned Words, Download Dictionary, Mode 2 (2-touch),
Mode 3 (NIKO-touch)
Check New Messages, Voice Mail, Call Waiting, Call Forwarding,
Nuisance Call Blocking, Caller ID Request, Dual Network, English Guidance,
Service Numbers, Arrival Call Act, Remote Control, Multi Number, 2in1,
OFFICEED, Additional Service
Available Data Communication, Before Using,
Preparation Flow for Data Communication, AT Command, CD-ROM,
DoCoMo Keitai Datalink
Outline of International Roaming (WORLD WING), Available Services,
Confirmation for Using, Making a Call from the Country You Stay, Receiving a Call,
Switch 3G/GSM, Network Search Mode, Operator Name Display,
Set Roaming Guidance, Network Services, etc.
Function List, Options and Related Equipment, Troubleshooting, Error Messages,
Warranty and Maintenance Services, i-mode Trouble Diagnosis Site,
Software Update, Scanning Function, Specifications, Number of Savable/Storable/
Protectable Items, SAR, Export Administration Regulations, etc.
Index, Quick Manual, Quick Manual âFor Overseas Useâ
Index/Quick Manual
449
Easy Search/Contents/Precautions
GPS Function
Easy Search/Contents/Precautions
Main Functions of FOMA P905i
FOMA (Freedom Of Mobile multimedia Access) is the name of the DoCoMo service based on the W-CDMA format,
authorized as one of the worldâs standards for third-generation mobile telecommunication systems (IMT-2000).
Remarkable i-mode!
i-mode is an online service that enables you to get useful information from i-mode menu sites (programs) or i-mode web pages.
This service also enables you to send or receive mail messages with ease.
âi-mode mail/Deco-mail/
Decomail-pictograph P.172, P.175, P.272
Besides mail text, you can attach up to 2 Mbytes of files or
10 files (JPEG, ToruCa, PDF, etc.) in total. The FOMA
phone supports Deco-mail/Decomail-pictographs, so you
can change the character color, character size, and
background color of mail text, and insert images and moving
pictographs.
âMega i-Îąppli/Intuitive Games
P.210
By downloading i-Îąppli programs from sites, you can enjoy
playing games or have stock price information or weather
forecasts updated automatically. As the large capacity mega
i-Îąppli is supported, you can enjoy playing high-resolution 3D
games and full-length role playing games.
In addition, the intuitive games are supported, which you can
play by inclining or swinging your FOMA phone as you
sense. As the voice recognition is supported by P905i, the
operation responding to your voice is also available.
âChaku-uta FullÂŽ/Uta-hodai/
Music&Video Channelâť/Video Clips
P.168, P.316, P.321, P.323
This FOMA phone supports Chaku-uta FullÂŽ that enables
you to download a whole music file and Uta-hodai that
enables you to enjoy listening music as much as you like at a
flat rate.
This FOMA phone also supports Music&Video Channel that,
just by setting up beforehand, automatically downloads
music programs in the night. You can watch programs
containing moving images on your P905i. Further, this
FOMA phone supports up to 10 Mbytes of i-motion movies,
so it also supports Video Clip that enables you to enjoy a
whole music clip file.
pâChaku-uta Fullâ is a registered trademark of Sony Music
Entertainment Inc.
âťThis is a pay service which is available on a subscription
basis.
âOsaifu-Keitai/ToruCa
âHigh-Speed Area Supported
P.380
FOMA High-Speed Area is supported so that high speed
communication is available with download speed of up to 3.6
Mbps and upload speed of up to 384 kbps.
âInternational Roaming
P.386
You can use your FOMA phone, phone number, and mail
address overseas as they are. (Supported in GSM/3G area)
Voice calls, videophone calls, i-mode, i-mode mail, SMS,
and network services are available.
âăăăšăŁăŚçżťč¨ł for P (Speech Translation for P)â, which
translates spoken Japanese into English and spoken English
into Japanese, is pre-installed.
âGPS
P.232
You can use the location information obtained by GPS to
search for a map of your location and information of the
surrounding area, notify of your location by attaching to mail,
and navigate yourself to your destination. The pre-installed
âĺ°ĺłă˘ă㪠(Map Application)â enables you to easily use the
highly accurate map.
P.224, P.225
By downloading Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-Îąppli, you can
replenish electronic money from a site into the IC card in the
FOMA phone and check your account for the balance and
usage details. In addition, the âDCMXâ i-Îąppli program that
provides the DoCoMo credit service is pre-installed. Further,
âiC transfer serviceâ is supported so that you can easily
move data from the existing IC card to a new one when you
replace your FOMA phone such as at the time of phone
model change.
ToruCa is an electronic card that you can obtain from
scanning devices or sites and can easily exchange using
mail or infrared data exchange.
âKisekae Tool
P.109, P.292
By downloading the displays of your cartoon characters from
an i-mode site, you can change the Stand-by display or
Menu display at a time.
You can change the order of displayed menus according to
the frequency of use to customize the Menu display as you
like.
âBluetooth
âOne-push Open
P.348
âFeelďźTalk/FeelďźMail
P.109
Animation of 45 characters and illumination reproduces the
atmosphere of conversation or mail messages.
P.26
â One-push Answer P.63
When a call comes in, just press the one-push open button,
and you can open the FOMA phone to answer the call.
â Recv. Mail/Call at Open P.106
When a missed call or new mail message is found, just press
the one-push open button, and you can open the FOMA
phone to display the detailed Missed Call display or the
Inbox List.
âWide VGA Display
You can display still or moving images in the wide VGA (480
dots x 854 dots) display of approx. 3.0 inches, and you can
enjoy watching One Seg programs on the impressive
display.
Also, the light sensor automatically adjusts the backlight in
accordance with the ambient brightness, and the LCD AI
compensate the image quality in accordance with the
brightness.
âHorizontal Open Style
P.26
You can watch One Seg programs and videos in the wide
horizontal display in Horizontal Open Style. Further, you can
see the Internet web pages with Full Browser without
scrolling sideways. Work with Style enables you to activate
One Seg just by switching styles.
âSecurity Settings
âMail Blind
P.198
You can show the characters on the detailed mail display
and Message Composition display in gray to make them
hard to see from persons around you. (The characters on
the Character Entry display are not shown in gray.)
âImage Stabilizer
P.144
Owing to the Image Stabilizer function, you can shoot still
images or moving images with less blur by the outside
camera.
âDocument Viewer
P.310
On your FOMA phone, you can display Microsoft Word files,
Microsoft Excel files, and Microsoft PowerPoint files created
by personal computers.
P.117
Various settings such as the lock functions and security settings for âsafetyâ are available.
â Omakase Lock P.120
When you have lost the FOMA phone, you can lock the FOMA phone and release it by contacting DoCoMo.
For inquiries, see the back page of this manual.
Omakase Lock is a pay serviceâť.
âťYou are not charged if you apply for this service at the same time as applying for the suspension of the use or during the
suspension.
pNote that Omakase Lock might be activated by an offer from the contractor of the FOMA phone when the contractor and the
user of the FOMA phone differ.
â Data Security Service P.129
This service enables you to save Phonebook entries, images, and mail messages from your FOMA phone to the Data Storage
Center, and restore the saved data, when you lost your FOMA phone or in other cases, to your FOMA phone from the Data
Storage Center. Further, you can edit or manage data held at the Data Storage Center using your personal computer and can
reflect the edited data to your FOMA phone.
For details on Data Security Service, refer to âMobile Phone Userâs Guide [i-mode]â. For inquiries, see the back page of this manual.
Data Security Service is a pay service that is available on a subscription basis.
âNetwork
P.363
pVoice Mail Service (Charged)
ăťA separate subscription is required.
pDual Network Service (Charged)
ăťA separate subscription is required.
pSMS (Free)
ăťNo subscription is required.
pCall Waiting Service (Charged)
ăťA separate subscription is required.
pMulti Number (Charged)
ăťA separate subscription is required.
pCall Forwarding Service (Free)
ăťA separate subscription is required.
p2in1 (Charged)
ăťA separate subscription is required.
Easy Search/Contents/Precautions
The wirelessly-connected FOMA phone and a Bluetooth
device enable you to talk or listen to music while you are
carrying the FOMA phone in your bag.
Easy Search/Contents/Precautions
Making Full Use of FOMA P905i!
âVideophone
P.50
You can talk with a person who is away from you, seeing each other.
By the default setting, the voice of the other party is set to be output from the speakers, so you can start talking immediately.
You can switch, without disconnecting, from an ordinary voice call to a videophone call.
âPushTalk
P.76
You can communicate with multiple persons (up to five persons including yourself) just by selecting them from the PushTalk
Phonebook and pressing the PushTalk key.
Talk between two persons
Talk with
multiple persons
Hello!
Dial
Receiver
Receiver
Caller
Caller
Talk while pressing
the PushTalk key
Receiver
Iâm coming soon.
Receiver
Talk while pressing
the PushTalk key
âi-Channel
Receiver
P.169
i-Channel distributes graphical information such as news or weather forecast.
By selecting a channel you want to see from the Channel List, you can obtain detailed expressive information created by Flash
(see page 154).
pThis is a pay service which is available on a subscription basis.
pThe service is provided only in Japanese.
Before contract
After contract
-Zo
âOne Seg
P.244
You can watch One Seg (terrestrial digital TV broadcasting service for
mobile objects) programs. You can display captions and data
broadcasting, record video or still images from a program being
broadcasted. Moreover, you can book the One Seg programs you want
to watch or set timer recording. While watching a One Seg program, you
can compose i-mode mail messages or check the sent/received i-mode
mail messages by using multiple windows as well.
10
Connected
â2in1
P.372
A Mode
B Mode
Phone number: 090-AAAA-AAAA
Phone number: 090-BBBB-BBBB
Mail address: XXA@docomo.ne.jp
Mail address: XXB@docomo.ne.jp
Phonebook: For A Mode
Phonebook: For B Mode
Mode
Mode
Dual
Mode
Call/Mail
in A Mode
Phonebook A
Inbox A
Dialed/Received
Calls A
Voice Mail A
ăťăť
Phonebooks A, B
Inboxes A, B
Dialed/Received
Calls A, B
Voice Mail A, B
ăťăť
âMUSIC Player
Call/Mail
in B Mode
Phonebook B
Inbox B
Dialed/Received
Calls B
Voice Mail B
ăťăť
P.323
On a single player, you can play back and enjoy Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music files, Windows MediaÂŽ
Audio (WMA) files, and SD-Audio files.
You can download Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music files from sites and may be able to display their images
and lyrics while playing them back.
In the case of SD-Audio or WMA files, you can obtain your favorite music files from music CDs or
Internet web pages and save them on the microSD memory card by using your personal computer.
You can save music files also by using the NapsterÂŽ application program.
âChaku-moji
P.55
While calling up the other party, you can have your message displayed on his/her Call Receiving display. The receiving end can
know your subject/feeling by reading the message before answering the call.
11
Easy Search/Contents/Precautions
This service enables you to have two number/two mail addresses on your single FOMA phone and to use your FOMA phone as
if you were using two sets, by using the dedicated mode function. You can sort Phonebook entries, mail boxes, dialed/received
call records, and Stand-by displays into âA modeâ and âB modeâ to manage them separately. You can also use âDual modeâ to
simultaneously manage both A and B modes.
pThis is a pay service which is available on a subscription basis.
Easy Search/Contents/Precautions
Safety Precautions
Always follow the safety precautions.
â Before using the FOMA phone, read these safety precautions carefully so that you can use it correctly.
After reading the precautions, keep them in a safe place.
â Be sure to observe these safety precautions because they are designed to protect you or those around you
from causing injury and to avoid unnecessary damage to the property.
â The symbols below indicate the levels of danger or damage that can be caused if the particular precautions
are not observed.
Danger
This symbol indicates that incorrect handling will almost certainly cause death or serious
injury.
Warning
This symbol indicates that incorrect handling poses a risk of causing death or serious
injury.
Caution
This symbol indicates that incorrect handling poses a risk of causing injury or damage to
the product or property.
â The following symbols show specific directions:
Denotes things not to do. (Prohibition)
Donât
Denotes not to disassemble.
Do not
disassemble
Denotes not to use where it could get wet or
not to wet it.
Denotes not to touch with wet hands.
Avoid
Water
Not wet
hands
Denotes mandatory instructions (matters that must be complied with).
Do
Denotes to pull the power plug out of the outlet.
Pull the
power plug
out
â âSafety Precautionsâ are divided into the following six sections:
General precautions for FOMA phone, batteries, adapters/chargers, and UIM.............................................................P.13
Precautions for FOMA phone.........................................................................................................................................P.13
Precautions for batteries ................................................................................................................................................P.15
Precautions for adapters/chargers.................................................................................................................................P.16
Precautions for UIM .......................................................................................................................................................P.17
Notes on using near electronic medical equipment .......................................................................................................P.17
12
Do
Danger
Donât
Ensure that you use Osaifu-Keitai with the FOMA
phone turned off when you are in the vicinity of the
gas station. (When IC card Lock is set, turn off the
power with the lock released.)
Do not use or leave the FOMA phone and
its accessories in places with a high
temperature such as near fire or places
exposed to direct sunlight, or in cars
under the blazing sun.
The devices could be deformed or malfunction, or the
battery may leak, overheat, burst, or catch fire, thus
resulting in the deterioration of performance and
shortening of the life of devices. Also, part of the case
could get heated, causing bare skin burns.
Do
Accidents such as fire, injury, or electric shock, or
malfunction may result. The battery may leak,
overheat, burst or catch fire.
Caution
Do not wet the FOMA phone or accessories.
Avoid
Water
If liquids such as water or pet urine get onto them,
overheating, electric shock, fire, malfunction, injury or
others may result. Pay attention to the place of use
and the way of handling.
Donât
Use only the batteries and adapters/chargers
approved by DoCoMo for your FOMA phone.
Do
If you use any type of battery, adapter or charger
other than the specified one, your FOMA phone,
battery or other accessories may leak, overheat,
burst, catch fire or malfunction.
Battery Pack P15
FOMA AC Adapter 01/02
FOMA AC Adapter 01 for Global use
FOMA DC Adapter 01/02
Desktop Holder P24
FOMA Dry Battery Adapter 01
FOMA Portable Charging Adapter 01
FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01
âťFor other compatible products, contact a handling
counter such as a DoCoMo shop.
If odor, overheat, discoloration, or
deformation is detected during use,
battery charge, or storage, immediately
observe the following:
1. Pull the power plug out of the outlet or cigarette
lighter socket.
2. Turn off the power to the FOMA phone.
3. Remove the battery pack from the FOMA phone.
If you use the FOMA phone and its accessories as
they are, overheat, burst, or catching fire could result
or the battery could leak.
Do not disassemble, modify or solder the
FOMA phone or accessories.
Do not
disassemble
When you are in a place such as a gas
station where flammable gas is
generated, turn off the FOMA phone, and
never do charging. Otherwise, catching
fire may result.
Easy Search/Contents/Precautions
General precautions for FOMA phone,
batteries, adapters/chargers, and UIM
Do not place the FOMA phone or
accessories on unstable locations such
as wobbly tables or slanted locations.
The FOMA phone or accessories may fall, resulting in
injury or malfunction.
Do not store in humid or dusty places, or
in high temperature environments.
Malfunction may result.
Donât
Do
If children use the FOMA phone or
accessories, a guardian should explain the
safety precautions and correct operations.
The guardian should also make sure that
the instructions are followed during use.
Otherwise, injury may result.
Keep out of the reach of babies and
infants.
Accidental swallowing or injury may result.
Warning
Donât
Do not place the batteries, the FOMA
phone, adapters/chargers, or UIM in
cooking appliances such as microwave
ovens or high-pressure containers.
Do
Do
The battery may leak, overheat, burst, or catch fire. The
FOMA phone or the adapter/charger may overheat, smoke,
or catch fire, or its circuit parts may become damaged.
Donât
Donât
Do not throw the FOMA phone or
accessories, or subject them to severe
shocks.
The battery may leak, overheat, burst, or catch fire.
Also, malfunction or fire may result.
If you directly touch the part of high temperature
continuously, redness, itching, or rash might be caused
or low-temperture bare skin burns may result depending
on your physical conditions or predisposition.
Precautions for FOMA phone
Be careful not to let electroconductive
materials (metal pieces, pencil leads
etc.) contact with the charging terminals
or connector terminal. Also, make sure
that those are not entered into the inside
of the FOMA phone.
Warning
Do not directly point the infrared data port
at someoneâs eyes during transmission.
Donât
His/her eyes may possibly be affected. Other infrared
devices may operate erroneously if the infrared data
port is pointed at them during transmission.
13
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
Short-circuit could cause fire or malfunction of the
FOMA phone.
Be especially careful when you use the
FOMA phone for a long time with the
adapter/charger connected. If you use
i-Îąppli programs, talk on the videophone,
watch One Seg and so on for a long time
during charging, the temperature of the
FOMA phone, battery pack, or adapter/
charger might rise.
Easy Search/Contents/Precautions
Do not shine the photo light close to eyes.
Donât
Donât
Donât
Doing so can damage eyesight. Also, accidents such
as injury might occur if someone is startled or dazzled
by the light.
Do not put the FOMA phone in the place
where it could be affected by an
expanded airbag, e.g., on the dashboard.
If the airbag expands, the FOMA phone could hit you
and others, causing accidents such as injury and the
FOMA phone could malfunction and become
damaged.
If you have any implanted electronic
medical equipment, do not place your
FOMA phone in a chest pocket or inner
pocket.
If the FOMA phone is positioned close to electronic
medical equipment, it may cause that equipment to
malfunction.
Donât
Do
Do
Do not swing the FOMA phone by its
antenna or strap.
It disturb the driving, and accidents may result.
Donât
Donât
Do
Turn off the FOMA phone in places
where use is prohibited such as in
airplanes and hospitals.
When talking with the FOMA phone set
to Hands-free, be sure to keep the FOMA
phone away from your ear.
Further, when you play games or play
back music with the earphone/
microphone connected, adjust the sound
volume to moderate volume.
Do
The antenna may hit against others, causing injury.
Donât
Do not use the FOMA phone with the
damaged antenna.
Donât
Donât
Do
Otherwise, you could be struck by lightning or suffer
an electric shock.
14
If the damaged antenna comes in contact with your
skin, injury such as a burn could be caused.
When using the motion tracking, ensure
that you check around you for safety,
securely take hold of your FOMA phone,
and do not swing to an extent more than
necessitated.
The motion tracking is the function to incline or swing
the FOMA phone for operation. If you excessively
swing your FOMA phone, it might happen that it hits
against persons or objects, resulting in critical
accidents or damage.
Donât
Those functions may cause an effect on the heart.
If thunder starts to rumble while you are
using the FOMA phone outdoors, house
the antenna, turn off the power, and
move to a safe place.
The FOMA phone may hit you or persons around you,
and accidents such as injury or malfunction and
damage may result.
Do not use in places crowded with
people.
The excessive volume impairs your hearing. Further,
accidents may result if it is difficult to hear surrounding
sound.
For those with weak heart conditions,
the vibrator and ring volume must be
adjusted carefully.
If the display part or camera lens is
broken, be careful about broken glasses
or the exposed interior of the FOMA
phone.
Caution
Do not light the photo light to drivers of a
car, and others.
Otherwise, electronic devices and electronic medical
appliances may be adversely affected. If the Auto
Power ON function is set, deactivate the setting, then
turn the power off.
For use inside medical facilities, make sure that you
comply with their regulations.
You may be punished for using the FOMA phone in
airplanes, which is prohibited by law.
The FOMA phone may possibly cause these devices
to malfunction.
âťElectronic devices that may be affected:
Hearing aids, implanted cardiac pacemakers,
implanted defibrillators, other medical electronic
devices, fire alarms, automatic doors and other
automatically controlled devices.
If you use an implanted cardiac pacemaker,
implanted defibrillator or any other electronic
medical device, consult the manufacturer or retailer
of the device for advice regarding possible effects
from the radio waves.
Plastic panels are used for the surfaces of the display
part and camera lens so that glasses do not easily get
scattered, however, pay attention not to erroneously
touch the broken part or interior. Otherwise, your
hands may hurt.
Do not allow liquids such as water, or
foreign materials such as metal pieces or
flammable materials to get into the UIM
insertion slit or microSD memory card
slot of the FOMA phone.
Fire, electric shock or malfunction may occur.
Do
Turn off the FOMA phone when near
electronic devices using high-precision
control or weak signals.
When a metallic strap is attached to your
FOMA phone, be careful that it does not
hit against persons or objects when
using the motion tracking.
Accidents such as injury or malfunction and damage
may result.
Donât
Do not place magnetic cards or similar
objects near the FOMA phone or
between phone parts.
Information on magnetic cards such as cash cards,
credit cards, telephone cards and floppy disks may be
deleted.
Donât
Donât
Strong magnetic items might result in erroneous
operation.
If you erroneously break the display part
and then crystal liquid get leaked, never
take or suck the liquid to or into your
mouth, or apply to skin.
If the crystal liquid get put into the eyes
or mouth, immediately cleanse with pure
water and then see your doctor.
When it adheres to your skin or clothes,
immediately wipe it away with alcohol
etc., and then cleanse with detergent.
Do
Donât
Precautions for batteries
Description
Li-ion
Donât
Donât
Do
Do
Donât
Donât
Do not use excessive force to attach the
battery to the FOMA phone even when
you cannot attach it successfully. Also,
check that the battery is the right way
round when you attach it.
The battery may leak, overheat, burst or catch fire.
Do not throw the battery into fire.
The battery may leak, overheat, burst or catch fire.
Donât
Otherwise, injury may result.
Electronic devices in some types of cars
can be affected by use of the FOMA
phone.
Do not pierce it with nails, hit it with a
hammer, or step on it.
Donât
For safetyâs sake, make sure not to use the FOMA
phone inside such cars.
Itching, rash or eczema may be caused
depending on your physical conditions or
predisposition. If an abnormality occurs,
stop using the FOMA phone immediately,
and then seek medical attention.
Metals are used for the following parts:
Where it is used
Material
Charging terminal
Phosphor
bronze
Metal part of the One Brass
Seg antenna
Hook for Horizontal
Stainless steel
Open Style
Command Navigation Polycarbonate
key
âP905iâ logo panel on ABS
the Private window
side
Metal part of the
Aluminum
one-push open button
Finishing
Gold-plated finish with
nickel-plated ground
Chrome-plated finish with
nickel-plated ground
Chrome-plated finish with
nickel-plated ground
Steam pressed aluminum,
Hard coat
Steam pressed tin,
Hard coat
Do
If the battery fluid gets into your eyes, do
not rub them. Flush your eyes with clean
water and get medical attention
immediately.
Warning
If charging is not completed at the end of
the specified charging time, stop charging.
Do
Do
â
Otherwise, the battery may leak, overheat, become
damaged or catch fire.
Immediately stop using the FOMA phone
and keep it away from fire if the battery
leaks or emits an odor.
The leaked battery fluid may ignite, causing fire or
burst.
When any abnormality due to external
shock such as the deformation or
scratches by dropping is found on the
battery pack, immediately stop using it.
The battery may leak, overheat, burst, or catch fire.
Also, malfunction or fire may result.
Accidents such as injury or damage may result.
15
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
Be careful not to get your finger or a
strap caught between the FOMA phone
when you close or open it.
The battery may leak, overheat, burst or catch fire.
Otherwise, the loss of eyesight may result.
Do
Do
Do not let any metal object such as a wire
come in contact the battery terminals. Also
do not carry or store the battery together
with any metal objects like a necklace.
The battery may leak, overheat, burst or catch fire.
The FOMA phone may hit you or persons around you,
causing accidents and injuries.
Do not use the FOMA phone with the
hook for Horizontal Open Style
protruded.
Type
Lithium-ion battery
Danger
Otherwise, your hearing could be impaired.
Do not open the FOMA phone by
pressing the one-push open button near
persons around you or your face.
Otherwise, your visual acuity could be reduced.
â Check the description on the label of the battery
pack for the type of battery.
Otherwise, the loss of eyesight or injury to your body
may result.
Do not close your ears to the speakers
while a ring tone sounds or playing back
a melody by the FOMA phone.
When you watch a One Seg program,
watch in a place bright enough taking a
certain distance from the display.
Easy Search/Contents/Precautions
Do not bring magnetic substances close
to your FOMA phone.
Easy Search/Contents/Precautions
Be careful that your pets do not bite
into the battery pack.
Do
The battery may leak, overheat, burst, or catch fire.
Also, malfunction or fire may result.
Not wet
hands
Donât
Do
The battery may catch fire or damage the
environment. After insulating the battery terminals
with tape, take it to a handling counter such as a
DoCoMo shop or dispose of it in accordance with
local waste disposal regulations.
Do not charge the wet battery.
Do
Do
If the battery fluid comes in contact with
skin or clothes, immediately stop using,
then rinse it out thoroughly with clean
water.
Skin injury may result.
Otherwise, fire may result.
Do
Do
Electric shock, overheating or fire may result.
Do
Donât
Donât
Do not use the AC adapter and desktop
holder in steamy places such as a
bathroom.
Fire may result.
Pull the
power plug
out
If it starts to thunder, do not touch the
FOMA phone and adapter/charger.
Donât
Donât
You might be struck by lighting or suffer an electric
shock.
Never short-circuit the charging
terminals when the adapter is plugged
into the power outlet or cigarette lighter
socket. Also, never touch the charging
terminals with fingers or other bare skin.
When pulling the adapter/charger out of
the outlet or cigarette lighter socket, do
not forcibly pull the adapter/charger
cable or power cable, instead take hold
of the power plug and then pull.
If you pull the plug out by the cord, the cord may be
damaged, which could result in electric shock or fire.
Electric shock may occur.
The DC adapter is for use only in a
negative (-) grounded vehicle. Do not use
it in a positive (+) grounded vehicle.
When plugging the AC adapter into the
power outlet, firmly plug it in, taking care
not to contact with metal straps or the
like.
Otherwise, electric shock, short-circuit or fire may result.
Do not use a damaged adapter/charger
cord or power cord.
Donât
If you use an unspecified fuse, fire or malfunction may
result. For the specified fuse, refer to each instruction
manual.
Keep the power plugs dust-free.
Precautions for adapters/chargers
Warning
If you use it at a wrong voltage, fire or malfunction
may result. When using the FOMA phone overseas,
use FOMA AC adapter available overseas.
AC adapter: 100 V AC
DC adapter: 12/24 V DC
[For negative (-) grounded vehicles only]
AC adapter available overseas: 100 V to 240 V AC
[Connect only to household AC outlet]
If a fuse of the DC adapter has blown,
replace it with a specified fuse.
The battery pack may overheat, catch fire, or burst.
Donât
Electric shock may result.
Use the adapter/charger at the specified
V AC.
Caution
An exhausted battery should not be
disposed of with other waste.
Do not touch the power cord of the
adapter/charger, or power outlet with wet
hands.
Pull the
power plug
out
When the adapter/charger is not to be
used for a long period of time, unplug
the power cord from the outlet.
Otherwise, electric shock, fire, or malfunction may
result.
If liquids such as water get in the
charger, unplug the power cord
immediately from the outlet or cigarette
lighter socket.
Otherwise, electric shock, smoke or fire may result.
Caution
Fire, malfunction, electric shock or injury may result.
Donât
Place the charger and desktop holder on
a stable location during charging. Do not
cover or wrap the charger and desktop
holder in cloth or bedding.
The FOMA phone may drop off, or the charger and
desktop holder may overheat, causing fire or
malfunction.
16
Do not place heavy objects on the
adapter/charger cord and power cord.
Donât
Electric shock or fire may result.
Before cleaning, pull the power plug out
of the outlet or cigarette lighter socket.
Otherwise, electric shock may result.
Pull the
power plug
out
Precautions for UIM
Be careful not to touch the cut surface of
the UIM (IC portion) when removing it.
Do
You may hurt your hand or fingers.
Notes on using near electronic medical
equipment
â The description below meets âGuidelines on the
Use of Radio-communication Equipment such as
Cellular Telephones â Safeguards for Electronic
Medical Equipmentâ by the Electromagnetic
Compatibility Conference Japan.
Warning
Comply with the following in hospitals or
health care facilities:
Do
Do
pDo not carry the FOMA phone into operating rooms,
intensive care units (ICU) or coronary care units
(CCU).
pTurn off the FOMA phone in hospital wards.
pIf there is any electronic medical equipment near
you, turn off the FOMA phone even when in a
location such as a lobby.
pComply with any regulations of hospital and health
care facilities instructing you not to use or carry in a
mobile phone.
pIf the Auto Power ON function is set, deactivate the
setting, then turn the power off.
Turn off the FOMA phone in crowded
areas such as inside trains during rush
hour, as someone with an implanted
cardiac pacemaker or implanted
defibrillator may be near you.
Operation of an implanted cardiac pacemaker or
implanted defibrillator can be affected by radio waves.
Do
If you use an implanted cardiac
pacemaker or implanted defibrillator, use
the mobile phone 22 cm or more away
from an implanted cardiac pacemaker or
implanted defibrillator.
Operation of an implanted cardiac pacemaker or
implanted defibrillator can be affected by radio waves.
Do
Patients using electronic medical
equipment other than implanted cardiac
pacemakers or implanted defibrillators
(outside medical establishments for
treatment at home, etc.) should check
the influence of radio waves upon the
equipment by consulting its
manufacturer.
Operation of electronic medical equipment can be
affected by radio waves.
General notes
â Do not wet the equipment.
The FOMA phone, battery, adapter/charger, and UIM are not
waterproofed. Do not use them in environments, which are
high in humidity such as in bathrooms, and do not allow them
to get wet from rain. Furthermore, if carrying them against your
body, they become moist due to perspiration and the internal
parts may become corroded, causing malfunction.
If the parts are found to have been damaged due to exposure
to the liquids, any repairs will not be covered by warranty, or
repairs may not be possible. This may be repaired at a cost if
repairs are possible.
â Use a dry soft cloth such as the one for cleaning
glasses to clean the equipment.
pThe screen of the FOMA phone sometimes has a special
coating so that they are easier to see. If you rub it roughly
with a dry cloth, it might be scratched. Take care of the way
of handling, and use only a dry, soft cloth such as the one for
cleaning glasses. If the screen is left with water drop or stain
adhered, smear may be generated or the coating might peel
off.
pDo not use alcohol, thinner, benzene, detergent or other
solvents for cleaning, otherwise the printing may be removed
or discoloration may result.
Easy Search/Contents/Precautions
Caution
Notes on Handling
â Occasionally clean the terminals of the equipment
using a dry cotton swab.
If the terminals become soiled, the connection might
deteriorate so that the power turns off or the battery does
not charge fully. Wipe the terminals with a dry cloth or
cotton swab.
â Do not place the FOMA phone near an air conditioner
outlets.
Condensation may form due to rapid changes in temperature,
and this may corrode internal parts and cause malfunction.
â Do not apply excessive force onto the FOMA phone and
battery pack.
If you put the FOMA phone in a bag along with many other
articles or sit with the FOMA phone in a clothes pocket, the
LCD display, internal circuitry and the battery pack could be
damaged or malfunction. Also, if your FOMA phone is left
with an external device connected to the connector terminal
or earphone/microphone terminal, the connector could be
damaged, or malfunction.
â Carefully read each instruction manual attached to the
FOMA phone, battery pack, adapter/charger, or desktop
holder.
â Do not rub or scratch the display part with metals.
Doing so might cause damage to the part, resulting in
trouble or malfunction.
Notes on handling the FOMA phone
17
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
â Avoid using in extremely high or low temperatures.
The FOMA phone should be used within a temperature
range of 5°C to 35°C and a humidity range of 45% to 85%.
â The FOMA phone, if operated near landline phones,
television sets, radios or other devices that are in use,
may affect them. You should operate your FOMA phone
as far away from such equipment as possible.
Easy Search/Contents/Precautions
â It is recommended that you make separate notes of the
information stored in the FOMA phone and keep such
notes in a safe place.
We take no responsibility for any loss of the stored data items.
â Do not insert an external device to the connector terminal
or earphone/microphone terminal at a slant when
connecting, and do not pull it out when it is inserted.
Malfunction or damage may result.
â Make sure that nothing, such as a strap, gets caught
between the parts of the FOMA phone when you close it.
Otherwise, malfunction or damage may result.
â The FOMA phone becomes warm during use or
charging but this is not an abnormality. Use the FOMA
phone as it is.
â Do not leave the camera in places exposed to direct
sunlight.
Pixels may be discolored or burns may result.
â Usually, use your FOMA phone with the caps to the
Earphone/Microphone/AV output terminal and
connector terminal mounted.
Dust or water might enter into the FOMA phone, causing
malfunction.
â Do not operate the FOMA phone with the rear cover left
removed.
The battery pack might come out, or trouble or damage may
result.
â Do not apply an excessively thick sticker onto the
surfaces of the display, keys, or buttons.
Damage may result.
â While you are using the microSD memory card, never
take it off or turn the power to the FOMA phone off.
Data may be erased or damage may result.
Notes on handling batteries
â Batteries have a limited life.
Though it varies depending on the usage state, you are
advised to replace the battery if its usable time is extremely
short even when you fully charge it. Make sure that you buy
the specified battery.
â Charge the battery in a place with an appropriate
ambient temperature of 5°C to 35°C.
â Make sure that the battery is charged when you use the
FOMA phone for the first time or have not used it for a
long period of time.
â The usable time of the battery differs depending on the
usage environment or its remaining life.
â Depending on how the battery pack is used, it might
swell as its operating life becomes short, but this is not
a problem.
â Store the batteries in a place out of direct sunlight.
When you do not use the battery for a long time, remove the
battery from the FOMA phone or adapter/charger with the
battery power completely drained, and store it in the
polyethylene bag used for wrapping.
â Do not leave and store the battery pack as is with no
battery remained.
The performance and operating life of the battery might be
lowered or shortened.
Notes on handling chargers/adapters
â Charge the battery in a place with an appropriate
ambient temperature of 5°C to 35°C.
18
â Charge the battery where:
ăťThere is very little humidity, vibration, and dust.
ăťThere are no landline phones, television sets or radios
nearby.
â During charging, the adapter/charger may become
warm. This is not an abnormality, so continue charging.
â Do not use the DC adapter for charging the battery
when the car engine is not running.
The car battery could go flat.
â When using the power outlet having the disengaging
prevention mechanism, observe the instructions given
in that instruction manual.
â Do not give a strong shock. Also, do not deform the
charging terminals or terminal guide.
Malfunction may result.
Notes on handling the UIM
â Never use more force than necessary when inserting/
removing the UIM.
â The UIM may become warm during use, but this is not a
sign of a malfunction. Continue using it as it is.
â The warranty does not cover damage caused by
inserting the UIM into some other types of IC card
reader/writer.
â Always keep the IC portion clean.
â Use a dry soft cloth such as the one for cleaning
glasses to clean the equipment.
â It is recommended that you make separate notes of the
information stored on the UIM and keep such notes in a
safe place.
We take no responsibility for any loss of the stored data
items.
â For the environmental protection, bring any unneeded
UIMs to a handling counter such as a DoCoMo shop.
â Avoid using in extremely high or low temperatures.
â Do not damage, carelessly touch, or short-circuit the
IC.
Data might be lost or malfunction may result.
â Do not drop the UIM or subject it to strong impacts.
Malfunction may result.
â Do not bend the UIM or place objects on it.
Malfunction may result.
â Into the FOMA phone, do not insert the UIM with a label
or sticker pasted.
Malfunction may result.
Notes on handling the camera
â You may be imposed punishment according to the law
and rule (such as the nuisance prevention ordinance) if
you use the FOMA phone to give a remarkable nuisance
and misdeed to the public.
Please be considerate of the privacy of
individuals around you when shooting and
sending photos using camera-equipped
mobile phones.
Notes on using Bluetooth function
Supported version
Bluetooth Specification Ver. 1.2 compliantâť1
Supported profilesâť2 (Supported services)
HSP
Headset Profile
HFP
Hands-Free Profile
A2DP
Advanced Audio Distribution Profile
AVRCP
Audio Video Remote Control Profile
DUNP
Dial-up Networking Profile
OPP
Object Push Profile
SPP
Serial Port Profile
âť1 The FOMA phone and all Bluetooth function-installed
devices have ensured that they conform to the Bluetooth
Specification according to the rules the Bluetooth SIG
defines, and are all authenticated. However, operating
methods might differ, or data might not be exchanged
even when they are connected wirelessly, depending on
the features or specifications of connecting devices.
âť2 Standardizes the connecting procedures of Bluetooth per
feature of a device.
â Radio frequencies
The radio frequencies the Bluetooth function of the FOMA
phone uses are as follows:
2.4 FH 1
2.4
FH
: Indicates radio facilities that use 2400 MHz
frequencies.
: Indicates the modulation system is the FH-SS
system.
: Indicates that a supposed coverage distance is 10
meters or less.
: Indicates that all radio frequencies 2400 MHz through
2483.5 MHz are used, and that the frequencies for
mobile object identifiers shall not be avoided.
Notes on handling the FeliCa reader/
writer
â The FeliCa reader/writer functions on the FOMA phone
use very weak radio waves that are license free from
radio stations.
â The FeliCa reader/writer is operated on the 13.56 MHz
frequencies. When you use another reader/writer
nearby, take enough distance between your FOMA
phone and the reader/writer. Further ensure that there
are no radio stations that are operated on the same
frequencies.
Caution
â Do not use the modified FOMA phone. Using a modified
FOMA phone infringes the Radio Law.
The FOMA phones are granted technical regulations
conformity certification as the specified radio equipment
under the Radio Law and bear a âtechnical conformity mark
â on the nameplate as evidence of conformity.
Unscrewing the FOMA phone and modifying internal
components void the technical regulations conformity
certification. Do not use the FOMA phone in this state,
which infringes the Radio Law.
â Be especially careful not to operate the FOMA phone
during drive.
You are punished for making calls while driving with the
FOMA phone in your hand. If this is considered to be of
necessity, tell the caller handsfree that you will âredialâ, and
then park your car in a safe place, and then redial.
â Use the Bluetooth functions in Japan only.
The Bluetooth functions on the FOMA phone have been
authorized in compliance with the radio transmission
standards in Japan.
You might be imposed punishment if you use it overseas.
â Use the FeliCa reader/writer functions in Japan only.
The FeliCa reader/writer functions on the FOMA phone
have been authorized in compliance with the radio
transmission standards in Japan.
You might be imposed punishment if you use it overseas.
19
Easy Search/Contents/Precautions
â FOMA phone supports the security function that meets the
Bluetooth Specification for the security during connection
using Bluetooth. However, the security may not be
sufficient depending on the configuration. Take care of the
security while making connection using Bluetooth.
â Even if any leak of data or information occurs while
making connection using Bluetooth, we take no
responsibility.
â With the FOMA phone, you can use the following;
Headset, Hands-free, Audio, Dial-up Communication,
Object Push, and Serial Port. Also, the Audio/Video
remote-control might be available depending on the
Audio. (Only with compatible Bluetooth devices)
â Cautions on Using Bluetooth Devices
Bluetooth operates at radio frequencies assigned to the
in-house radio stations for a mobile object identifier that
have to be licensed and is used in production lines of a
factory, specific unlicensed low power radio stations,
and amateur radio stations (hereafter, referred to
âanother radio stationâ) in addition to scientific, medical,
or industrial devices such as microwave ovens.
1. Before using this product, make sure that âanother
radio stationâ is not operating nearby.
2. If radio interference between this product and
âanother radio stationâ occurs, move immediately to
another place or stop radio transmission to avoid
interference.
3. Contact the following for further details:
DoCoMo Information Center:
0120-005-250 (in English, toll free)
0120-800-000 (in Japanese, toll free)
âťCan be called from mobile phones and PHSs.
Easy Search/Contents/Precautions
Intellectual Property Rights
p The microSD logo is a trademark.
p The microSDHC logo is a trademark.
Copyrights and Portrait Rights
You have no right to copy, modify, or distribute the contents such as
text, images, music, or software programs downloaded from web
pages on the Internet, or images shot by the cameras of this product
without permission from the copyright holder except for when the
copy or quote is for personal use that is allowed by the copyright law.
Note that it may be prohibited to shoot or record live performances or
exhibitions even for personal use. Make sure that you refrain from
shooting portraits of other persons and distributing such portraits over
the Internet without consent, as this violates portrait rights.
Trademarks
p âFOMAâ, âmovaâ, âPushTalkâ, âPushTalkPlusâ, âi-modeâ, âi-Îąppliâ,
âi-ÎąppliDXâ, âi-motionâ, âDeco-mailâ, âChaku-motionâ, âChara-denâ,
âToruCaâ, âmoperaâ, âmopera Uâ, âWORLD CALLâ, âDual Networkâ,
âFirstPassâ, âvisualnetâ, âV-liveâ, âi-Channelâ, âDCMXâ, âiDâ,
âSecurity Scanâ, âi-shotâ, âi-motion mailâ, âi-areaâ, âShort Mailâ,
âWORLD WINGâ, âPublic modeâ, âDoPaâ, âsigmarionâ, âmuseaâ,
âIMCSâ, âOFFICEEDâ, â2in1â, âChokkan Gameâ, and the logos of
âFOMAâ, âi-modeâ, âi-Îąppliâ, âDCMXâ, âiCâ, âiDâ, âMusic&Video
Channelâ, âHIGH-SPEEDâ and âWORLD WINGâ are trademarks or
registered trademarks of NTT DoCoMo, Inc.
p âCatch Phone (Call waiting service)â is a registered trademark of
Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation.
p Free Dial logo mark is a registered trademark of NTT
Communications Corporation.
p McAfeeÂŽ is registered trademarks or trademarks of McAfee, Inc.
and/or its affiliates in the US and/or other countries.
p G-GUIDE, G-GUIDE MOBILE and their logos are
registered trademarks in Japan of U.S. Gemstar-TV
Guide International, Inc. and/or its affiliates.
p QuickTime is a registered trademark of Apple Inc., in the US and
other countries.
p NAVIDIAL and NAVIDIAL logo mark are trademarks of NTT
Communications Corporation.
p MicrosoftÂŽ, WindowsÂŽ, and Windows VistaÂŽ are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States
and other countries.
p Windows MediaÂŽ is either a registered trademark or trademark of
Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
p Powered by JBlend⢠Copyright 2002-2006 Aplix
Corporation. All rights reserved.
JBlend and JBlend-related trademarks are trademarks
or registered trademarks of Aplix Corporation in Japan
and other countries.
is a registered trademark of FeliCa Networks, Inc.
20
p âMultitaskâ is a registered trademark of NEC Corporation.
p QR code is a registered trademark of Denso Wave Inc.
p 使ăăăăăÂŽ is a registered trademark of CANNAC, Inc.
p âVIERAâ is a registered trademark of Matsushita Electric Industrial
Co., Ltd.
p Java and Java related trademarks and logos are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United
States and other countries.
p The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by Bluetooth SIG,
Inc. and any use of such marks by NTT DoCoMo, Inc. is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their
respective owners.
p Powered by Mascot CapsuleÂŽ/Micro3D Editionâ˘
Mascot CapsuleÂŽ is a trademark of HI CORPORATION.
p The image stabilization technology utilized is PhotoSolidÂŽ, a
product of Morpho, Inc.
PhotoSolidÂŽ is the registered trademark of Morpho, Inc. in Japan
and other countries.
p Napster is a registered trademark of Napster, LLC. and/or its
affiliates in the US and/or other countries.
p Other company names and product names described in the text
are trademarks or registered trademarks of those companies.
Others
p This product contains NetFront Sync Client of
ACCESS CO., LTD.
Copyright Š 2007 ACCESS CO., LTD. All rights reserved.
ACCESS and NetFront are trademarks or registered trademarks of
ACCESS CO., LTD. in Japan and other countries.
p This product contains IrFront software of ACCESS CO., LTD.
Copyright Š 1996-2007 ACCESS CO., LTD.
ACCESS and IrFront are trademarks or registered trademarks of
ACCESS CO., LTD. in Japan and other countries.
p Contains FlashŽ Lite⢠and AdobeŽ ReaderŽ
technology by Adobe Systems Incorporated.
Flash Lite copyright Š 1995-2007 Adobe Macromedia
Software LLC. All rights reserved.
Adobe Reader copyright Š 1984-2007 Adobe Systems
Incorporated. All rights reserved.
Adobe, Flash, Flash Lite and Reader are either registered
trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the
United States and/or other countries.
p FeliCa is a contactless IC card technology developed by Sony
Corporation.
p FeliCa is a registered trademark of Sony Corporation.
p Copyright 2001 Seiko Epson Corporation.
All Rights Reserved. PRINT Image Matching is a
trademark of Seiko Epson Corporation.
The PRINT Image Matching logo is a trademark of
Seiko Epson Corporation.
p This product is manufactured or sold under license from InterDigital
Technology Corporation.
p This product uses GestureTekâs technology.
Copyright Š 2006, GestureTek, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
p The abbreviations used for respective operating systems
(Japanese version) in this manual are as shown below:
Windows Vista is the abbreviation of Windows VistaÂŽ (Home
Basic, Home Premium, Business, Enterprise, and Ultimate).
Windows XP is the abbreviation of MicrosoftÂŽ WindowsÂŽ XP
Professional operating system or MicrosoftÂŽ WindowsÂŽ XP Home
Edition operating system.
Windows 2000 is the abbreviation of MicrosoftÂŽ WindowsÂŽ 2000
Professional operating system.
p This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of
Microsoft Corporation and third parties. Use or distribution of such
technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license
from Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary and third
parties.
p This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of
Microsoft Corporation. Use or distribution of such technology
outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft
or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary.
p Content providers are using the digital rights management
technology for Windows Media contained in this device
(âWM-DRMâ) to protect the integrity of their content (âSecure
Contentâ) so that their intellectual property, including copyright, in
such content is not misappropriated. This device uses WM-DRM
Software to play Secure Content (âWM-DRM Softwareâ). If the
security of the WM-DRM Software in this device has been
compromised, owners of Secure Content (âSecure Content
Ownersâ) may request that Microsoft revoke the WM-DRM
Softwareâs right to acquire new licenses to copy, display and/or
play Secure Content. Revocation does not alter the WM-DRM
Softwareâs ability to play unprotected content. A list of Revoked
WM-DRM Software is sent to your device whenever you download
a license for Secure Content from the Internet or from a PC.
Microsoft may, in conjunction with such license, also download
revocation lists onto your device on behalf of Secure Content
Owners.
21
Easy Search/Contents/Precautions
p Licensed by QUALCOMM Incorporated under one or more of the
following United States Patents and/or their counterparts in other
nations:
4,901,307
5,504,773
5,109,390
5,535,239
5,267,262
5,600,754
5,416,797
5,490,165
5,101,501
5,511,073
5,267,261
5,568,483
5,414,796
5,659,569
5,056,109
5,506,865
5,228,054
5,544,196
5,337,338
5,657,420
5,710,784
5,778,338
p This product contains software licensed complying with GNU
General Public License (GPL), GNU Lesser General Public
License (LGPL), etc.
For more details, see âreadme.txtâ in the âGPLăťLGPLçăŤă¤ăăŚâ
folder on the bundled CD-ROM. (âreadme.txtâ is only available in
Japanese version.)
p Advanced Wnn V2 of OMRON SOFTWARE Co., Ltd. is used for
conversion methods for Japanese language.
âAdvanced Wnn V2â Š OMRON SOFTWARE Co., LTD. 1999-2007
All Right Reserved.
p This product is loaded with BluetoothÂŽ Stack for Embedded
Systems Spec 1.2 developed by Toshiba Corp.
p This product contains âSenseâ, the voice analysis technology of
Alegria Corporation for FeelďźTalk.
p This product is licensed under the MPEG-4 patent portfolio license
for the personal and non-commercial use of a consumer to
(i) encode video in compliance with the MPEG-4 Visual Standard
(âMPEG-4 Videoâ) and/or
(ii) decode MPEG-4 Video that was encoded by a consumer
engaged in a personal and non-commercial activity and/or was
obtained from a licensed video provider.
No license is granted or implied for any other use.
Additional information may be obtained from MPEG LA, LLC. See
http://www.mpegla.com.
p This product is licensed under the AVC patent portfolio license for
the personal and non-commercial use of a consumer to
(i) encode video in compliance with the AVC Standard (âAVC
Videoâ) and/or
(ii) decode AVC Video that was encoded by a consumer engaged
in a personal and non-commercial activity and/or was obtained
from a video provider licensed to provide AVC Video.
No license is granted or shall be implied for any other use.
Additional information may be obtained from MPEG LA, LLC. See
http://www.mpegla.com.
p This product is licensed under the VC-1 patent portfolio license for
the personal and non-commercial use of a consumer to
(i) encode video in compliance with the VC-1 Standard (âVC-1
Videoâ) and/or
(ii) decode VC-1 Video that was encoded by a consumer engaged
in a personal and non-commercial activity and/or was obtained
from a video provider licensed to provide VC-1 Video.
No license is granted or shall be implied for any other use.
Additional information may be obtained from MPEG LA, LLC. See
http://www.mpegla.com.
pFOMA P905i Handset
(With Warranty and Back Cover P22)
pFOMA P905i CD-ROM
The PDF versions of âManual for PC connection
settingâ and âKuten Code Listâ are included.
pInstruction Manual
Quick Manual included (See page 458)
pFOMA AC Adapter 01/02
(With Warranty and Instruction
Manual)
pDesktop Holder P24
(With Instruction Manual)
pBattery Pack P15
(With Instruction Manual)
Li-ion
Easy Search/Contents/Precautions
Accessories and Main Options
Other Options â See page 421
22
Before Using the Handset
Phone Parts and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24
Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
26
Navigation Displays and Key Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
28
Displaying Description of Icons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšIconsâş
30
Private Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30
Method for Selecting Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
Using Simple Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
35
When You do not Remember Key Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšGuideâş
36
Using UIM (FOMA Card) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38
Attaching/Removing Batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
41
Charging FOMA Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42
Checking Battery Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšBattery Levelâş
44
Turning Power On/Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšPower ON/OFFâş
44
Switching to English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšSelect Languageâş
45
Executing Initial Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšInitial Settingâş
45
Setting Date and Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšSet Timeâş
46
Displaying World Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšWorld Time Watchâş
47
Notifying the Other Party of Your Phone Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšCaller ID Notificationâş
47
Checking Your Own Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšOwn Numberâş
48
23
Before Using the Handset
Phone Parts and Functions
pDesign of keys is different by the handset body color.
Illustrations above are for âBlackâ/âWhiteâ handset.
â For inserting or pulling the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch (option)
Take hold of the plug and insert or pull it straight into or out. Be careful not to take hold of the
cover and plug together when you pull it out.
Plug
Earpiece
ｼ For listening to the other partyâs voice
Display
(See page 28)
l Mail key
d Send/Answer key, Hands-free key
ｼ For making/receiving calls (See page 50 and page 60)
ｼ For talking with Hands-free (See page 60)
ｼ For accessing a voice dial entry (See page 94)
ｼ For showing the Mail menu (See page 187)
ｼ For operating the function corresponding to the navigation
displays (See page 27)
Microphone
ｼ For checking new mail messages (See page 183)
ｼ Used for infrared data exchange and the infrared
remote-controller. (See page 303 and page 306)
m Menu key/IC Card Lock key
ｼ For showing the Main Menu (See page 31)
ｼ For operating the function corresponding to the navigation
displays (See page 27)
ｼ For locking the IC card (See page 230)
r Clear key
ｼ For returning to the previous operation
ｼ For clearing entered text or a phone number
ｼ For resetting Main Menu (See page 109)
24
ｼ For speaking to the other party
Infrared data port
Light sensor
ｼ For sensing brightness (See page 107)
Inside camera
ｼ For shooting photos of yourself (See page 133)
ｼ For catching sight of yourself during a videophone call
o Command Navigation key
ｼ For operating functions and menus (See page 27)
i i-mode key/i-Îąppli key
ｼ For showing the i-mode menu (See page 152)
ｼ For operating the function corresponding to the navigation
displays (See page 27)
c Camera key/One Seg key
ｼ For activating a camera in âPhoto modeâ (See page 139)
ｼ For switching the camera mode while a camera is
activated (See page 143)
ｼ For operating the function corresponding to the navigation
displays (See page 27)
ｼ For starting One Seg (See page 247)
h Power/End key
ｼ For ending calls
ăťFor ending respective functions
ｼ For turning on the power (for at least one second)/For
turning off the power (for at least two seconds)
(See page 44)
Numeric keys
ｼ For entering phone numbers and text
ps(for at least one second)
For activating Manner Mode (See page 102)
pa(for at least one second)
For activating Public Mode (Drive Mode) (See page 65)
p1(for at least one second)
For measuring your current location and executing the
GPS function (See page 232)
p5(for at least one second)
For switching the backlight on/off (See page 107)
x Multi key
ｼ For showing the Multitask menu (See page 333)
ｼ For showing the display for setting âSwitch 3G/GSMâ (See
page 390)
ｼ For switching functions, when multiple functions are
running (See page 333)
Hook for Horizontal Open Style
Connector terminal
ｼ For connecting the AC adapter (option), DC adapter
(option), or FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01
(option)
Call/Charging indicator
ｼ Flickers for incoming calls/mail and during a call.
(See page 111)
ｼ Lights in red during charging.
Private window
(See page 30)
One Seg antenna
ｼ For receiving One Seg broadcasting (See page 245)
Outside camera
ｼ For shooting portraits and/or landscapes (See page 133)
ｼ For catching sight of persons and/or landscapes during a
videophone call
ｼ For sounding ring tone
ｼ For listening to the other partyâs voice through this
speaker when Hands-free is activated (See page 60)
FeliCa mark
ｼ The IC card is mounted.
pUse the IC card function placing this mark over the
scanning device. You cannot dismount the IC card.
(See page 225)
FOMA antenna
pThe FOMA antenna is embedded in the FOMA phone. Do
not cover the antenna with your hand for better
communication.
Photo light
ｼ Flickers when you shoot with a camera.
ｼ Used for shooting in a dark place. (See page 143)
microSD memory card slot
ｼ For inserting microSD memory card (See page 293)
!Back cover
ｼRemove this when attaching/removing the battery pack,
UIM, and microSD memory card. (See page 38, page 41
and page 293)
pDo not peel off the black sticker on the back of the back
cover. If you peel it off, you might not be able to read and
write the IC card.
"Charging terminals
#Strap hole
$p PushTalk key
ｼ For making/receiving PushTalk calls (See page 76 and
page 78)
ｼ For showing the PushTalk Phonebook (See page 79)
ｼ For activating âMUSIC Playerâ (See page 323)
%< Side upper key
ｼ For scrolling up page by page
ｼ For activating 2in1 (See page 372)
&> Side lower key
ｼ For scrolling down page by page
ｼ For using Record Message (See page 68)
ｼ For checking for missed calls and new mail
(See page 112)
ｼ For activating Manner Mode (See page 102)
'Earphone/Microphone/AV output terminal
(See page 312 and page 346)
(One-push open button
(See page 26)
)Horizontal open lever
(See page 26)
25
Before Using the Handset
ｼ For showing the i-ιppli Software List (See page 211)
Speakers
Styles
Before Using the Handset
The P905i comes with two styles.
â Normal Style
You can open the FOMA phone easily by one-push key operation. (One-push Open)
pYou can open it also manually without using the button.
pYou need to close the FOMA phone manually. If it does not close, open it fully and then close it.
One-push open button
â Horizontal Open Style
Hold down the part A and open the display part with the horizontal open lever slid into the direction B. You can
watch One Seg programs and use Full Browser in a wide horizontal display.
pYou can use most functions in Horizontal Open Style even if they are not shown in a wide horizontal display.
pIf the FOMA phone is not in state of C when you open the display, re-open the FOMA phone after closing it once.
Horizontal open lever
Information
pWhen you open the FOMA phone by pressing the one-push open button, it might not open fully depending on its direction.
pWhen you open the FOMA phone by pressing the one-push open button, be careful not to drop it by its rebound.
pWhen you press the one-push open button in Horizontal Open Style, the FOMA phone will open in Normal Style after it is
closed.
pBefore switching the styles, be sure to completely close the FOMA phone. If you operate the horizontal open lever in Normal
Style or with the display part unlatched, malfunction or damage may result.
Work with Style
When you open the FOMA phone in Horizontal Open Style, a One Seg program automatically starts in
synchronization with the style.
1 mSettingsOther settingsWork with style1Seg or OFF
pEven when â1Segâ is set, the One Seg program does not start if a display other than the Stand-by display is shown.
26
Navigation Displays and Key Operations
When you want to execute an operation on the display, press the corresponding key as below.
Indicates the operation you can perform with
the l key.
Indicates the operation you can perform with
the m key.
Before Using the Handset
â Basic display examples and key assignments
Indicates the operation you can perform with
the Oo key.
Indicates the direction in which you can scroll
and select items with the Mo key.
Indicates the operation you can perform with
the i key.
Indicates the operation you can perform with
the c key.
â Operating Command Navigation key
Up Zo
ăťMoves the cursor or highlighted display up. (Press
and hold to scroll continuously.)
ăťScrolls the display while a site or mail text is
displayed.
ăťPress from the Stand-by display to bring up the
Channel List. (See page 170)
ăťConverts entered characters to katakana, kanji or
other characters. (See page 357)
Right/Redial Vo
ăťMoves the cursor to the right.
ăťPress from the Stand-by display to bring up the
Redial List. Press and hold for at least one
second to bring up the Sent Address List.
(See page 53 and page 195)
ăťScrolls forward page by page. (Press and hold to
scroll continuously.)
ăťMoves to the next page while displaying a site.
Down Xo
ăťMoves the cursor or highlighted display down.
Left/Received Calls Co
ăťMoves the cursor to the left.
(Press and hold to scroll continuously.)
ăťPress from the Stand-by display to bring up the
ăťScrolls the display while a site or mail text is
Received Call List. Press and hold for at least
displayed.
one second to bring up the Received Address
ăťPress from the Stand-by display to bring up the
OK key Oo
List. (See page 54 and page 195)
Search Phonebook display. Press and hold for at
ăťFixes the operation.
ăťScrolls back page by page.
least one second to store a Phonebook entry.
(Press and hold to scroll continuously.)
(See page 84 and page 89)
ăťReturns to the previous page while displaying a
ăťConverts entered characters to kanji, katakana
site.
or other characters. (See page 357)
â Key operations in Horizontal Open Style
You can operate the keys in the same way as in Normal Style while the vertical
display is shown.
While the horizontal display is shown, the Navigation icons do not appear and the
key operation might differ depending on the function.
In this manual, the Command Navigation keys (ZoXoCoVo) for the
horizontal display are described corresponding to the horizontal display.
+Zo
+Co
+Vo
+Xo
27
Display
Before Using the Handset
! #
" $
i-mode mail is held at the i-mode Center while
Receive Option Setting is set to âONâ.
(See page 202)
Battery level (estimate) (See page 44)
Radio waves reception level (estimate)
During a voice call
Strong
Weak
You are out of the FOMA service area or radio
waves do not reach.
During Self Mode (See page 121)
During a videophone call (64K)
During a videophone call (32K)
During 64K data communication
During measuring the current location
(See page 232)
During i-mode (See page 152)
During i-mode communication (See page 152)
Location Request Menu is set to âONâ or
âPermission scheduleâ, and it is within the
validity period. (See page 240)
During packet communication (The icon differs
depending on the communication status.)
Location Request Menu is set to âPermission
scheduleâ and it is out of the validity period.
(See page 240)
During PushTalk communication (See page 76)
You get out of the service area while Network
Search Mode is set to âManualâ. (See page 390)
A microSD memory card is inserted.
(See page 294)
During SSL communication (See page 153)
(white)
Unread i-mode mail or an SMS message
exists. (See page 182 and page 207)
(black)
The area for i-mode mail and SMS messages
in the FOMA phone is full.
(See page 182 and page 207)
Data is being read to/written from the
microSD memory card.
A write-protected microSD memory card is
inserted. (See page 294)
The inserted microSD memory card cannot
be used. (See page 294)
The area for SMS messages on the UIM
(FOMA card) is full.
(white)
Unread mail exists, and the area for SMS
messages on the UIM (FOMA card) is full.
(black)
Both the FOMA phone and UIM (FOMA card)
are full.
A microSD memory card is inserted, and the
FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01
(option) is connected in microSD Mode.
(See page 300)
A microSD memory card is inserted, and the
FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01
(option) is connected in MTP Mode.
(See page 300)
Area mail exists. (See page 202)
(white)
Unread Messages R/F exist. (See page 200)
(black)
The area for Messages R/F in the FOMA
phone is full. (See page 200)
(white)
(black)
28
i-mode mail is held at the i-mode Center.
(See page 183)
The box for i-mode mail at the i-mode Center
is full. (See page 182)
(blue)
A Bluetooth device is connected.
(See page 350 and page 351)
(black)
A Bluetooth device is connected and power
consumption is low. (See page 350)
During Lock All (See page 120)
During Personal Data Lock (See page 121)
(white)
Messages R/F are held at the i-mode Center.
(See page 200)
During Keypad Dial Lock (See page 125)
(black)
The box for Messages R/F at the i-mode
Center is full. (See page 200)
During Secret Mode or Secret Data Only
(See page 126)
During IC Card Lock (See page 230)
Both Keypad Dial Lock and Personal Data
Lock are set.
Vibrator is set. (See page 100)
Ring Volume is set to âSilentâ or
Mail/Msg. Ring Time is set to âOFFâ.
(See page 64 and page 101)
Both IC Card Lock and Lock All are set.
Both IC Card Lock and Personal Data Lock
are set.
Both IC Card Lock and Keypad Dial Lock are
set.
During Manner Mode (See page 102)
Remote Monitoring is set to âONâ.
(See page 73)
Both IC Card Lock and Secret Mode/Secret
Data Only are set.
IC Card Lock, Keypad Dial Lock, and
Personal Data Lock are simultaneously set.
IC Card Lock, Keypad Dial Lock, and Secret
Mode/Secret Data Only are simultaneously set.
Before Using the Handset
Both Keypad Dial Lock and Secret Mode/
Secret Data Only are set.
A USB Hands-free compatible device is
connected in microSD Mode. (See page 60)
During Public Mode (Drive Mode)
(See page 65)
The call cost has exceeded the specified limit.
(See page 344)
Type of in-use network (See page 387)
An alarm is set. (See page 255 and page 336)
You are in the OFFICEED area.
(See page 378)
Timer Lock At Close is set. (See page 122)
During Multitask (See page 332)
A Music&Video Channel program is booked.
(See page 316)
Backlight is set to âOFFâ. (See page 107)
Side Keys Guard is set to âONâ.
(See page 125)
Multiple functions are activated.
(See page 332)
During watching a One Seg program (See
page 247)
USB Mode Setting is set to âmicroSD modeâ.
(See page 300)
During music playback (See page 324)
USB Mode Setting is set to âMTP modeâ.
(See page 300)
During music pause (See page 324)
During infrared data exchange (See page 303
and page 306)
The FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function
01 (option) is connected in Communication
Mode.
The FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function
01 (option) is connected in microSD Mode.
(See page 300).
During talk or communication through a USB
Hands-free compatible device (See page 60)
A USB Hands-free compatible device is
connected. (See page 60)
âź
ăť
Voice mail messages for Number B are held
at the Voice Mail Center in Dual Mode of 2in1.
(See page 377)
âź
ăť
Voice mail messages are held at the Voice
Mail Center. (See page 364)
âź
The number of record messages
(See page 67)
âź
The number of videophone record messages
(See page 67)
pFor the horizontal display, icons from through appear at the lower left of the display.
pThe clock at the upper right of the display (at the lower center of the horizontal display) does not appear when icon
or is displayed.
pWhen the Stand-by display is shown, the notification icon or desktop icon appears. (See page 112)
Notification icon
Desktop icon
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
29
Before Using the Handset
Information
pSome characters and symbols on the display and Private window might be modified or abbreviated. In addition, the Private
window is displayed in monochrome.
pThe color liquid crystal display uses high-precision production technology. The slightest change in the environment or other
factors may result in unlit or permanently lit pixels, but this is not a manufacturing defect.
pThe color display is shown in black and white in this manual, so the color tone of the actual display looks different.
+m-3-6
Displaying Description of Icons
The symbols at the top of the display (such as
selected icons on the display.
, and
) are called icons. You can check the meanings of the
1 mSettingsDisplayIconsUse Mo to highlight an icon.
Private Window
Various information is displayed on the Private window like the following examples:
Press or p with the FOMA phone closed to display information on the Private window for about 15
seconds.
Clock
Dialing
Receiving a call
During a voice call
Schedule alarm
â When a missed call is found
When the FOMA phone is closed, âMissed callâ appears.
Press < to display the missed call record. The name is displayed for the missed call coming from the party
stored in the Phonebook.
When there are multiple missed calls, up to three missed call records are displayed each time you press <.
pIf you have received 30 or more incoming calls after a missed call, the missed call record disappears.
pMissed call records might not be displayed while another function is activated.
pAfter you display a missed call record, âMissed callâ disappears.
â When a new mail message or Message R/F is received
When the FOMA phone is closed, a FeelďźMail image is played back, and then âNew mailâ appears.
When you press <, the latest FeelďźMail image is played back. (For Messages R/F, the FeelďźMail image is
not played back.)
When âMailâ on page 106 is set to âONâ, the received date/time, senderâs address (name), and subject of the
mail or the received date/time and subject of the Message R/F are displayed. The senderâs name is displayed
for the mail coming from the party stored in the Phonebook. When multiple mail messages or Messages R/F
are received, up to three mail messages or Messages R/F appear each time you press < with âNew mailâ
displayed.
pPress < to end the playback of the FeelďźMail image or to clear the received date/time, and others.
pFor the mail message and Message R/F to the box or folders with security set, FeelďźMail images, the
received date/time, and others are not played back/displayed.
pWhen a mail message or Message R/F comes in while âReceiving displayâ is set to âOperation preferredâ and
a display other than the Stand-by display is shown, âNew mailâ appears without showing any information.
pDepending on the setting for âAuto-displayâ, âNew mailâ appears when a Message R/F is received but information is not
displayed.
pAfter you display the received date/time and others of the received mail or Message R/F, âNew mailâ disappears.
pWhen a mail message or Message R/F comes in during a voice call or a videophone call, information is not displayed even
when âReceiving displayâ is set to âAlarm preferredâ.
pWhen you set âSecret mail displayâ to âOFFâ and you receive a secret mail message in Normal Mode, a FeelďźMail image is
not played back.
30
Change Clock Display
You can change displayed contents by pressing < while clock is shown.
Time only
Icons and Date/time
Method for Selecting Menu
Press m of the FOMA phone to bring up Main Menu so that you can execute, set, or check respective functions.
pSome functions can be selected also by the operation other than pressing m. In this manual, the operation by the easier way
is described.
pYou can also switch to Simple Menu focusing on only basic functions for easy operation. (See page 35)
pThis FOMA phone supports Kisekae Tool (see page 109). If you use Kisekae Tool to change the design of the Menu display,
some menu configurations change according to the usage frequency depending on the type of the menu. Further, some menu
numbers that are assigned to the menu items do not apply.
In that case, you cannot operate as described in this manual, so you are advised to show Normal Main Menu by âDisp. default
MENUâ (see page 109), or reset Main Menu by âReset menu screenâ (see page 109).
When you set âMenu icon settingâ to âăăłă˘ăăą_P905i (DoCoMo-dake_P905i)â of Kisekae Tool, you can restore to normal
menu structure temporarily by selecting âĺşćŹăĄăăĽăźĺźăłĺşă (Display normal menu)â from main menu item.
Before Using the Handset
â When i-Channel is received
When âi-Channel tickerâ on page 106 is set to âONâ and the FOMA phone is closed, tickers flow on the Private
window.
pPress or p to end the tickersâ flow.
â Scroll Selection
Main Menu is composed of 12 main menu icons indicating each function.
pIf you select a main menu icon, the Sub-menu Item Selection display appears. If you further select a sub-menu item, the Lower
Sub-menu Item Selection display appears.
pBy repeating selecting, you can set and check the function.
â Menu Number Selection
You can display some functions by pressing m + the menu number (See page 394).
â Multitask is Supported
pYou can simultaneously use some functions in the Main Menu. (See page 332)
Scroll Selection
In this manual, the description of the command navigation key operation (selection of top/bottom/left/right, and
press of Oo after selecting/entering a function item) is omitted. Scroll selection is explained below using the
example of selecting the function âQuality alarmâ:
Description Example of Steps
Main menu icon
Sub-menu item
Function name of lower sub-menu item
1 mďąSettingsďąTalkďąQuality alarmďąSelect an alarm.
No tone. . . . . . . . . Does not sound.
High tone . . . . . . . . High alarm sounds.
Low tone . . . . . . . . Low alarm sounds.
Items which appear on the display
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
31
1
Select a main menu icon from the menu function
Before Using the Handset
Select âSettingsâ from Main Menu. Main Menu at purchase differs depending on the body color. (See page 397)
+m
+Mo
+Oo
Main Menu
pPress +Mo to highlight the icon. Press and hold +Mo to scroll the icons continuously.
pIf you have not touched any keys for at least 15 seconds, the Stand-by display returns.
Select a sub-menu item from the menu function
Select âTalkâ from âSettingsâ.
+Bo
+Oo
pThe highlighted item is the currently
selected one.
pPress +Xo to highlight the item below,
and +Zo to highlight the item above.
pPress and hold +Bo to scroll the items
continuously.
pPress +No to scroll page by page.
Select a desired lower sub-menu item (function)
Select âQuality alarmâ from âTalkâ.
+Bo
+Oo
pPress +Xo to highlight the item below,
and +Zo to highlight the item above.
pPress and hold +Bo to scroll the items
continuously.
pWhen the items are listed over multiple
pages, the total number of pages and the
current page number are shown at the
upper right of the display.
32
4
Set or check the function
Before Using the Handset
Some menu items have even more detailed menus.
The example below shows how to set âLow toneâ for âQuality alarmâ.
+Bo
+Oo
pThe highlighted item is the currently
selected one.
pPress +Xo to highlight the item below,
and +Zo to highlight the item above.
pPress and hold +Bo to scroll the items
continuously.
Menu Number Selection
Menu Number Selection is explained below using the following example:
Description Example of Menu Number
Menu number
+m-7-5
Sounding Alarm when a Line is Likely to be Disconnedted
Bring up the function using the menu number
From the Stand-by display, press m75.
+m
-7-5
33
Before Using the Handset
Function Menu
If you press i when â
â appears at the lower right of the display, the Function menu including selectable
items such as âSaveâ, âEditâ or âDeleteâ in each operation appear on the display. The contents of the Function
menu depend on the display from which you bring up the Function menu.
pWhen the items are listed over multiple pages, the total number of pages and the current page number are shown at the upper
right of the Function Menu display.
+i
Description Example for Function Menu
In this manual, the operation of the Function menu is described as follows:
Item displayed in the Function menu
Operating procedures after selecting
an item in the Function menu
Function menu
Delete all
Operation/Explanation
You can delete all files.
ďąEnter your Terminal Security Code ďąYES
An actual operation is done as follows:
Use +Mo to highlight
âDelete allâ and press
+Oo(
).
Press +i(
Enter your Terminal
Security Code and press
+Oo(
).
Use +Bo to highlight
âYESâ and press
+Oo(
).
).
â To select items quickly
Press the numeric key corresponding to the displayed item number.
Item number
â Item scroll
When menu items are listed over multiple pages, you can show the previous/next page by pressing Bo with the uppermost/
lowermost item highlighted. You can press No to scroll through page by page. When
is displayed on the
display, you can scroll through page by page also by pressing m(
)/c(
).
pFor such as lower sub-menu items, depending on the display being shown, you might be able to scroll through page by page
also by pressing <> instead of No.
34
â After finishing the operation
The Lower Sub-menu Item Selection display is shown. When you press h, the Stand-by display returns (except during
Multitask). The Stand-by display or the former display automatically returns depending on the function.
â To cancel the operation midway
Press h. The contents of the setting are abandoned and the Stand-by display or the former display returns. The
confirmation display appears asking whether to abandon the setting contents depending on the function. You can press r
to return to the previous operation.
â When the âYES/NOâ selection display appears
Press Bo to highlight âYESâ or âNOâ, then press Oo(
).
For Reset Settings
Using Simple Menu
Simple Menu is a menu focusing on only basic functions for easy operation.
pThis manual describes the operating procedures in Normal Main Menu only. For how to operate in Simple Menu, see the
respective pages of each function.
pYou cannot use the Multitask function. (See page 332)
Switch to Simple Menu
You can switch between Normal Main Menu and Simple Menu.
âť
From the Stand-by display,
press m.
+l
+l
Normal Main Menu
Simple Menu
âťSelect âYESâ to set every item of âCharacter sizeâ on page 115 to âLargeâ. Even when you release Simple Menu, either of the
settings does not return. When âLargeâ has already been set, the confirmation display does not appear.
35
Before Using the Handset
â Check box
With the functions you can select multiple items, put a check mark for check boxes to select them.
), â
â and â
â switches.
Each time you press Oo(
With some functions, you can put or clear check marks at a time by pressing i(
) and
).
selecting âSelect all/Release allâ or by pressing m(
pâ
â is placed to the selected item depending on the function.
Before Using the Handset
Configuration of Simple Menu
Phone
Mail
i-mode
1Seg
Tools
Settings
Camera
When You do not Remember Key Operation
You can search for the functions you want to know and use, and then check the operating methods.
You can execute some functions from â使ăăăăă (Guide)â. This function is available in Japanese Mode only.
1 măšăăźăˇă§ăăŞăź (Stationery)使ăăăăă (Guide)Select an item.
ĺşćŹăŽćä˝ (Basic operations) . . Displays the basic functions. Go to step 4.
ăăăăćŠč˝ (Recommendable functions)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displays the recommendable functions. Go to step 4.
ćŠč˝ć¤ç´˘ (Function search) . . . . Searches for a function.
ăă¤ăšć¤ç´˘ (Search by voice). . . Searches by vocalizing a keyword. Go to step 2 on page 37.
ć¤ç´˘ĺąĽć´ (Search history). . . . . . Displays up to 30 search histories. Go to step 4.
pHighlight each item and press l(
); then the detailed operating methods are
displayed.
pThe 使ăăăăă (Guide) display appears also by selecting the 使ăăăăă (Guide) icon
â
â pasted on the desktop at purchase.
使ăăăăă (Guide) display
2 Select a search method if you select âćŠč˝ć¤ç´˘ (Function search)â in step 1.
ćĺĺ
ĽĺăăźăŻăźăć¤ç´˘ (From your words) . . . Enter a keyword and retrieve.
ç´˘ĺźć¤ç´˘ (From index) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retrieves functions with Japanese syllabic order. You can display the
preceding or following row by pressing CVo. Go to step 4.
ćŠč˝ä¸čŚ§ć¤ç´˘ (From Function List) . . . . . . . . . . Retrieves from the function list. Go to step 4.
pHighlight each item and press l(
); then the detailed operating methods are displayed.
If you highlight âćĺĺ
ĽĺăăźăŻăźăć¤ç´˘ (From your words)â and press l(
(From your words)â or âćĺĺ
ĽĺăŽăăă (How to input words)â.
36
), select âćĺĺ
ĽĺăăźăŻăźăć¤ç´˘
3 Enter a keyword.
Up to 50 search results are displayed.
pYou can enter up to 24 full-pitch/48 half-pitch characters.
ćŠč˝ăŽčŞŹć (Description) . . . . . . . . . . .Displays explanations for the function.
ćä˝ăŽăăă (How to operate) . . . . . .Displays the operating method.
ăăŽćŠč˝ă使ă (Operate function) . . .Executes the function. Operate each function.
é˘éŁćŠč˝ (Relevant function) . . . . . . . .Displays up to 10 relevant functions. Repeat step 4.
pFor some functions, press Oo(
) several times for selection.
pIf you select âĺşćŹăŽćä˝ (Basic operations)â in step 1, the description about the function is displayed when that function is
selected. Press l(
) to execute the function.
pYou can display explanations about the function also by pressing l(
) while highlighting the function.
pTo delete search history, press i(
) and select â1äťśĺé¤ (Delete this)â or âĺ
¨ĺé¤ (Delete all)â, then select âYESâ.
Search by Voice
You can search for a function by vocalizing a keyword. Set âSearch by voiceâ of âRead aloud settingsâ to âONâ to
hear voice guidance for operations.
1 使ăăăăă (Guide) displayăă¤ăšć¤ç´˘ (Search by voice)
pYou can display the detailed operating methods by pressing l(
âéłĺŁ°ĺ
ĽĺăŽăăă (How to input voice)â.
) and selecting âăă¤ăšć¤ç´˘ (Search by voice)â or
2 Vocalize a keyword when the voice recognition start tone sounds.
Start vocalizing the keyword within seven seconds after the voice recognition start tone sounds.
Up to nine detected results are displayed.
pYou cannot change the sound volume of the voice recognition start tone. It does not sound during Manner Mode.
pThe keywords you can input by voice are limited to the ones that have been pre-installed to the FOMA phone. If the
vocalized keyword is not recognized easily, vocalize a different word.
pSee page 94 for voice input.
3 Select a detected resultSelect an item.
ăăŽăăźăŻăźăă§ć¤ç´˘ (Search from this) . . . Retrieves with the keyword you have selected. Up to 50 searched results are
displayed. Go to step 4 on page 37.
ăăźăŻăźăăŽčż˝ĺ (Add keywords) . . . . . . . . Add a new keyword. Repeat step 2 and step 3.
37
Before Using the Handset
4 Select a functionSelect an item.
Before Using the Handset
Using UIM (FOMA Card)
The UIM is an IC card that holds your information such as phone numbers. It can hold data such as Phonebook
entries and SMS messages as well. By sharing a UIM, you can operate multiple FOMA phones for multiple
purposes.
You cannot use the FOMA phone for communication such as voice and videophone calls, i-mode, sending/
receiving mail, or packet communication unless the UIM is inserted.
For details on how to use the UIM, refer to the UIM instruction manual.
When inserting or removing the UIM, take care not to accidentally touch or scratch the IC.
Insert/Remove UIM
You need to turn off the power and then remove the battery before you insert the UIM. (See page 41)
â Inserting
Pull the claw to pull the tray
out.
pPull out the tray straight until it clicks.
Claw
Place the UIM on the tray
with its IC-side facing up.
pFit the cut corner of the UIM and
tray in place.
Push the tray inwards.
pPush the tray inwards firmly
until it is fixed.
Cut
IC-side is faced up
â Removing
Follow step 1 of âInsertingâ to pull out the
tray and remove the UIM.
â If the tray is disengaged
Fit and push it straight
into the guide rail.
Information
pMake sure that you insert/remove the UIM with the FOMA phone closed and held in your hand.
pTake care not to force the UIM into place because this can break it. And take care not to force the tray into place because it can
brake the tray and the guide rail.
pTake care not to lose the UIM once you remove it.
pWhen you replace your UIM (except during Omakase Lock), you need to enter the four- to eight-digit Terminal Security Code
after turning on the power. When you enter the correct Terminal Security Code, the Stand-by display appears. If you enter the
incorrect Terminal Security Code five times in succession, the power turns off. (However, you can turn on the power again.)
38
About Password of UIM
You can set two passwords, PIN1 and PIN2, for a UIM. (See page 118)
The FOMA phone has the UIM restriction function as a security function to protect your data and files.
If you obtain data and files by the method below with the UIM inserted, UIM restrictions are automatically set to
them.
ăťWhen downloading images or melodies and so on, from sites or Internet web pages
ăťWhen receiving i-mode mail with file attachments
The data or files with the UIM restrictions can be browsed, played back, started, edited, attached to mail, or
transferred via infrared rays only when the UIM used for obtaining is inserted. When the UIM used for obtaining the
data or files is not inserted, or when another UIM is inserted, these functions are not operable.
pIn the explanation hereafter, the UIM used to obtain data and files is referred to as âyour UIMâ and other UIMs as
âanother personâs UIMâ.
âŞâŞâŞâŞâŞ
Before Using the Handset
UIM Restrictions
Your UIM
âŞâŞâŞâŞâŞ
Another personâs
UIM
If the UIM used for obtaining the
data or mail messages is inserted,
you can browse or play back UIMrestricted data.
Replacing UIMs
Unless the UIM used for obtaining
the data or mail messages is
inserted, you cannot browse or play
back UIM-restricted data.
pWhen the UIM is not inserted or when another personâs UIM is inserted, the following types of data and files are displayed with
the restrictions symbol, â
â:
ăťVideophone record messages
ăťMovie memos
ăťMelodies
ăťImages
ăťi-motion movies
ăťi-Îąppli programs
ăťChara-den images ăťPDF files
ăťKisekae Tool files
ăťChaku-utaÂŽ/Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music files ăťTemplates
ăťDownloaded dictionaries
ăťScreen memos
ăťFiles attached or pasted to i-mode mail in the Inbox
ăťFiles attached to i-mode mail in the Outbox/Draft (except the data shot or edited with the FOMA phone)
ăťMessages R/F with files (melodies or images) attached or pasted
ăťImages inserted into Deco-mail text
âťThis function applies to the pre-installed i-Îąppli programs, Chara-den images, Decomail-pictographs, etc. if they are
reinstalled (upgraded) from a site.
âťâChaku-utaâ is a registered trademark of Sony Music Entertainment Inc.
pThe data set with the UIM restrictions appear on the preview display as shown on the right.
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
39
Before Using the Handset
Information
pWhen the UIM restrictions are set for data and files, you cannot set those data and files for the functions such as âDisplay
settingâ and âSelect ring toneâ when another personâs UIM is inserted instead.
pIf you have set the data and files with the UIM restrictions for the functions such as âDisplay settingâ and âSelect ring toneâ,
these will work with their default settings if you remove your UIM or insert another personâs UIM. If you insert your UIM again,
then your settings will be enabled again.
pUIM restrictions are not set for the data received using the infrared data exchange function or data transmission (OBEX)
function or the still images/moving images shot or edited with the FOMA phone.
pEven when another personâs UIM is inserted, data and files set with the UIM restrictions can be moved or deleted.
pThe settings of the following functions are stored on the UIM:
ăťSMS validity period
ăťSMS center selection
ăťValidating/Invalidating DoCoMo Certificate 1 and user certificate
ăťSelect language
ăťPIN1 code, PIN2 code
ăťPLMN setting
ăťPIN1 code entry set
Differences of UIM (FOMA Card)
If you use the blue UIM with your FOMA phone, note that following specifications differ from those of the green/
white UIM:
UIM
(blue)
Number of digits of the phone number that can be stored in the UIM Phonebook
20 max.
Operation of user certificate to use FirstPass
Cannot be used
Cannot be used
Use of WORLD WINGâť
Use of Service Numbers for âDoCoMo repair counterâ and âGeneral inquiries
Cannot be used
â
Functions
UIM
(green/white)
26 max.
Can be used
Can be used
Can be used
Reference
P.85
P.165
P.386
P.370
âťWORLD WING is the DoCoMo FOMA international roaming service that enables you to use the current phone number
overseas for making and receiving calls using the UIM (green/white) and service compatible mobile phone.
âťYou do not need to subscribe to WORLD WING if you have subscribed to the FOMA service after September 1, 2005. If you
offered that you did not need WORLD WING at the time you signed up for the FOMA service, or when you have midway
canceled WORLD WING, you are required to take the procedures to newly subscribe to WORLD WING.
âťIf you have signed up for the FOMA service before August 31, 2005, and have not yet subscribed to WORLD WING, you are
required to subscribe to it.
âťThis service is not available with some billing plans.
âťIf you lose your UIM (green/white) or have it stolen overseas, immediately contact DoCoMo to take the steps necessary for
suspending the use of the UIM. For inquiries, see âDoCoMo Information Centerâ on the back page of this manual. Note that you
are still charged the call and communication fees incurred after you lose it or have it stolen.
40
Attaching/Removing Batteries
Use the FOMA phoneâs dedicated Battery Pack P15.
While pressing the â â
part in the direction A,
slide the back cover
(2 mm or more) in the
direction B to unlock.
With the arrow mark facing up, fit
the tab side of the battery pack to
the FOMA phone securely, and
then push the battery pack into
the direction B while pressing it
against the direction A.
Slide the back cover in
the direction of the arrow
and attach it in place.
Arrow mark
â Removing
While pressing the â â
part in the direction of A,
slide the back cover
(2 mm or more) in the
direction of B to unlock.
Take hold of the projection of
the battery pack to lift it up.
Projection
Information
pMake sure that you attach/remove the battery with the FOMA phone closed and held in your hand after you turn off the power.
Also, make sure not to press the one-push open button when you attach/remove the battery.
pMake sure that the tray for the UIM is not drawn out when attaching the battery. If the tray is drawn out, the battery cannot be
attached. Note that if the battery is forcibly attached, the UIM or tray may be damaged.
pIf you try to force the battery into place, you could damage the charging terminals of the FOMA phone.
pFor details, refer to the instruction manual for Battery Pack P15.
41
Before Using the Handset
â Attaching
Charging FOMA Phone
Before Using the Handset
Use the FOMA phoneâs dedicated Battery Pack P15.
Life of battery pack
pBattery packs are consumables. The usable time shortens slightly each time they are charged.
pWhen the usable time of the battery pack becomes half the time it was purchased, replacing is recommended because the
battery pack is nearing the end of its life. Depending on the use conditions, the battery pack may swell as it nears the end of its
life, but this is not a problem.
pThe life of the battery pack may shorten if you use i-Îąppli programs, talk on the videophone, watch One Seg programs and so on
for a long time during charging.
For environmental protection, bring the exhausted battery pack to an NTT DoCoMo, dealer, or recycle shop.
Li-ion
Charging
pFor details, refer to the instruction manuals for the FOMA AC Adapter 01/02 (option), FOMA AC Adapter 01 for Global use
(option), and FOMA DC Adapter 01/02 (option).
pThe FOMA AC Adapter 01 supports 100 V AC only. The FOMA AC Adapter 02 and FOMA AC Adapter 01 for Global use support
from 100 V AC through 240 V AC.
pThe shape of the plug for the AC adapter is for 100 V AC (for domestic use). To use the AC adapter that supports from 100 V AC
through 240 V AC overseas, you need to have a conversion plug adapter that is compatible with the voltage of the country you
stay. Do not use a transformer for overseas travel to charge the battery pack.
pEven during charging, you can still answer calls if the FOMA phone is turned on. This will consume the charged amount so that charging
will take longer. Also, the standby time or talk time might be shorter if you charge the battery pack with your FOMA phone open.
pIf you have a long time videophone call during charging, the temperature in the FOMA phone may rise and charging may be
suspended. In such a case, wait for a while and try charging again.
pDo not watch One Seg programs for a lengthy time during charging as the operating life of the battery might be shortened.
pRemove and insert the connector slowly and carefully, without using unnecessary force.
pDo not remove the battery pack during charging.
Do not charge for long periods of time (several days) with the FOMA phone turned on.
pIf you leave the FOMA phone powered on for long periods of time during charging, you may not be able to use the FOMA phone
for long duration as expected and the low battery alarm may sound soon, because the FOMA phone receives the power from
the battery pack after charging is completed. If this happens, charge the battery pack correctly. When charging the battery pack
again, first remove the FOMA phone from the AC adapter (or desktop holder) or DC adapter and then set it again.
Estimated usable time for battery pack
(The usable time for the battery pack varies with the charging time and the remaining life of the battery pack.)
Network Switch 3G/GSM Continuous standby time
FOMA/3G 3G
In motion: Approx. 420 hours
Auto
In motion: Approx. 370 hours
Standstill: Approx. 590 hours
GSM
Auto
Standstill: Approx. 220 hours
Continuous talk time
One Seg watching time
Voice call: Approx. 200 minutes
Approx. 270 minutes
Videophone call: Approx. 110 minutes (In ECO mode: Approx. 400 minutes)
Voice call: Approx. 190 minutes
âťThe continuous talk time is the estimated time that the FOMA phone can be used for calls when radio waves can be sent and
received normally.
âťThe continuous standby time is the estimated time when radio waves can be received normally. The standby time could be about half of this
estimate depending on the charge level of the battery pack, function settings, other ambient conditions such as temperature, and the status
of radio waves in the area (weak or no radio waves, for instance). When you use i-mode communication, the talk/communication time and
standby time will be shorter. Further, even if you do not make calls or not execute i-mode communication, the talk/communication time and
standby time will be shorter if you watch One Seg programs, compose i-mode mail, start up a downloaded i-Îąppli program or the i-Îąppli
Stand-by display, execute data communication or Multiaccess, use a camera, play back music, or use Bluetooth connections.
âťThe continuous talk time and the continuous standby time may be shortened depending on the network environment in the
country you stay.
âťThe continuous standby time for standstill is the average number of hours you can use the FOMA phone in standstill status
when it is closed and can receive radio waves normally.
âťThe continuous standby time for in motion is the average number of hours you can use the FOMA phone in the combined status
of âstandstillâ âmovingâ and âout of the service areaâ when it is closed, in an area where it can receive radio waves normally.
âťThe One Seg watching time is the estimated time for when radio waves can be received normally with the Flat-plug Stereo Earphone
Set P01 (option) connected. The watching time might be shortened depending on the charge level of the battery pack, function settings,
other ambient conditions such as temperature, and the status of radio waves in the area (weak or no radio waves, for instance).
Estimated time for charging battery pack
AC adapter
Approx. 130 minutes
DC adapter
Approx. 130 minutes
âťThe charging time is an estimate of time for when empty battery pack is charged with the FOMA phone turned off. The charging
time will be longer if you charge the battery pack with the power of the FOMA phone turned on.
42
Charge with AC Adapter and Desktop Holder
Call/Charging
indicator
Lock claw
Connector
and then depress the FOMA phone until it clicks (B).
Check that the Call/Charging indicator lights in red.
When the Call/Charging indicator flickers, dismount the AC adapter and battery
pack from the FOMA phone and then re-mount them for charging.
If the symptom persists, troubles with the AC adapter, desktop holder or battery
pack may be involved, so consult a handling counter such as a DoCoMo shop.
pThe charging confirmation tone (see page 101) sounds when charging starts
and ends. However, it does not sound when the power is off or during Manner
Mode or Public Mode (Drive Mode).
pBe sure to set the FOMA phone firmly onto the desktop holder. Also, be
careful that the connector cap or a commercial strap is not caught between the
FOMA phone and desktop holder.
pCharging can be done even when the FOMA phone is open.
charging is completed, hold the desktop holder
4 When
and lift up the head of FOMA phone to remove.
Desktop Holder P24
Stopper
Power
socket
Plug in horizontally
with engraved side
facing down
AC Adapterâs
plug
100 V AC
FOMA AC Adapter 01/02
â When charging with the AC
adapter only
Insert the connector with the engraved
surface facing up until it clicks. Pull
straight the connector out while pressing
the release buttons.
pUnplug the AC adapter from the power socket when you are not going to use it
for a long time.
â Indicator and display during charging and when charging is completed
Call/Charging indicator
â
â display
Charging
Lights in red
Blinks
Charging completed
Off
Lights
pWhen the FOMA phone is turned off, â â does not appear.
If you start charging with the battery flat, the Call/Charging indicator might not light
immediately; however, charging itself has started.
Release buttons
Engraved
surface
âťCheck the facing direction (front or
rear) of the AC adapter plug and then
insert or pull it horizontally into or out
of the FOMA phone.
Malfunction could result if you try to
pull it forcibly.
â DC adapter (option)
With the DC adapter, you can use a cigarette lighter socket (12 V/24 V) of cars to charge the FOMA phone with the battery
pack attached.
For details, refer to the instruction manual for the FOMA DC Adapter 01/02.
Information
pIf the fuse blows off when charging with the DC adapter, be sure to use a 2A fuse. The 2A fuse is consumables, so purchase at
auto parts stores in your neighborhood.
43
Before Using the Handset
the AC adapter (option) to the desktop
1 Connect
holder (option).
2 Insert the AC adapterâs plug into a power socket.
the bottom of the FOMA phone into the stopper of
3 Put
the desktop holder (A) to fit the head to the lock claw,
Before Using the Handset
Checking Battery Level
When the FOMA phone is turned on, an estimate of the battery level is indicated by the icon.
ăťAlmost full . . . . . . . . . . . .
ăťGetting low . . . . . . . . . . .
ăťAlmost empty . . . . . . . . .
pCharge the battery when it is almost empty.
Check by Display and Tone
You can check an estimate of the battery level by the display and sound.
1 mSettingsOther settingsBatteryBattery level
Almost full
Getting low
Three beeps
Almost empty
Two beeps
One beep
âťAlmost empty.
Charge the battery.
pThe pictograph disappears after about three seconds.
â When the battery is running out
The display on the right appears and the low battery alarm sounds for about 10 seconds. To stop
this alarm, press any key other than < and >. About one minute later, the FOMA phone will be
turned off.
pDuring a call, a beeping tone from the earpiece notify you of the low battery. About 20 seconds
later your call will be cut and then one minute later the FOMA phone will be turned off.
Recharge Battery display
Turning Power On/Off
Turn Power On
Press and hold h for at least one second.
After the Wake-up display (see page 105) is displayed, the Stand-by display appears.
pIf you have stored many Phonebook entries or mail messages, it may take a while for the
display to appear.
pIf Set Time is set, the current date and time are shown.
pWhen â
â is displayed, the FOMA phone is out of the service area or in the place where the
radio waves do not reach. Move to a location where â
â disappears.
pIf âStarting System Wait a minuteâ is displayed, wait for a while and then proceed.
Stand-by display
44
â When âPIN1 code entry setâ of âUIM settingâ is set to âONâ
Enter the four- to eight-digit PIN1 code after you turn on the power. When you enter the correct PIN1 code, the Stand-by display
appears. See page 118 for PIN1 code.
â When âAuto reset settingâ of âNotice call costâ is set to âONâ (except during Omakase Lock)
Enter the four- to eight-digit PIN2 code after you turn on the power. When you enter the correct PIN2 code, the Stand-by display
appears. If you press r or h without entering the correct PIN2 code, âAuto reset settingâ is set to âOFFâ and the
Stand-by display appears. See page 118 for PIN2 code.
Information
pEach entry display appears in the order of âPIN1 codeâ â âTerminal Security Codeâ â âPIN2 codeâ.
Before Using the Handset
â When your UIM is replaced (except during Omakase Lock)
Enter the four- to eight-digit Terminal Security Code after turning on the power. When you enter the correct Terminal Security
Code, the Stand-by display appears. If you enter the incorrect Terminal Security Code five times in succession, the power turns
off. (However, you can turn on the power again.)
Turn Power Off
Press and hold h for at least two seconds.
The exit display appears and the power turns off.
pYou cannot turn on the power immediately after turning off the power. Wait a few seconds.
+m-1-5
Switching to English
(Settings)ăăŁăšăăŹă¤ (Display)ăă¤ăŞăłăŹăŤ (Select language)
1 mč¨ĺŽ
Japanese (ćĽćŹčŞ) or English (čąčŞ)
pThe following functions are different between Japanese display and English display:
Functions
Info Notice Setting
âClockâ â âDay of weekâ of
Display Setting
使ăăăăă (Guide)
Voice Guidance
Japanese
English
ON
éťĺéł (Electrical tone)
Not available
ăă¤ăš (Voice)
OFF
OFF
Available
Not available
Available
Available
Not available
Not available
Information
pWhen you insert the UIM, the âăă¤ăŞăłăŹăŤ (Select language)â setting is stored on the UIM.
Executing Initial Settings
If the date and time, Terminal Security Code, Keypad Sound, Caller ID Setting, or Location Request Menu is not set, the Initial
Setting display appears when the power is turned on. You can set the initial settings also from each menu function separately.
1 Turn on the powerYES
pWhen the display for entering your Terminal Security Code, PIN 1 code, or PIN 2 code
appears, follow the operation on page 45.
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
2 Set the date and time.
You can select âAuto time adjust ONâ or âAuto time adjust OFFâ for setting the time. (See page 46)
45
3 Set your Terminal Security Code.
Before Using the Handset
You can set your Terminal Security Code required for setting functions. (See page 118)
1. Enter â0000âEnter your new Terminal Security Code (four to eight digits)YES
4 Set Keypad Sound.
You can set the keypad whether to make a sound. (See page 101)
1. ON or OFF
5 Set Location Request Menu.
6 Set the size of characters.
You can set whether to notify your current location for when a GPS location provision request arrives. (See page 240)
You can set the size of characters on the display at a time. (See page 115)
Information
pWhen an unset function is found, the Initial Setting display for an unset function appears each time you turn on the power.
pThe completed settings are valid even when total setting is interrupted by an incoming call or canceled by pressing -h or
-r midway.
pWhen the power is automatically turned on by alarm notification, the Initial Setting display does not appear even if there is any
unset function.
pWhen you finish the initial setting, the confirmation display appears telling that updating software is executed automatically.
This display appears only at the first time, and after that, does not appear until you execute Reset Settings or Initialize.
+m-3-1
Setting Date and Time
You can select whether to correct the time automatically or set it manually. The time is set/displayed on the
24-hour basis.
1 mSettingsClockSet timeAuto time adjust ON or Auto time adjust OFF
Auto time adjust ON . . . . Corrects the date/time automatically. The setting is completed.
If the time is not automatically corrected such as when â
â is displayed and the date/time has not
been set, the display for manually correcting the time appears. Follow step 2 to set the date/time.
Auto time adjust OFF . . . Sets the date/time manually.
pWhen âNotice call costâ is set to âONâ, you need to enter your Terminal Security Code.
2 Enter year, month, date and time.
Use Mo to move the cursor and enter numbers by the numeric keys.
pTo enter one-digit numeral for the date and time, enter two digits beginning with â0â as in â01â
through â09â.
pHighlight âtime zoneâ and press l(
), to set the time zone. Use Mo to select a region
and press Oo(
).
â About date/time correction function
The time displayed on the FOMA phone is corrected according to the clock information obtained from the network.
The time is corrected when you show the Stand-by display with âAuto time adjust ONâ set. If you want to set the time with a lag,
set the time manually.
pSome few second errors might occur. You might not be able to correct the time depending on the radio wave conditions, or the
i-Îąppli program set for the i-Îąppli Stand-by display.
pWhen you receive the clock information overseas and the time difference correction information differs from the previously
received one, âTime is adjustedâ is displayed and the time difference is corrected automatically. Press âOKâ to update the time
and show Redial, Dialed Calls, Received Calls, sent/received mail messages and others in local time.
pWhen the time difference is corrected overseas, the sub clock (Japanese date/time, etc.) is displayed below the clock on the
Stand-by display.
pDepending on the networks overseas, the time difference might not be corrected.
46
Information
pUnless Set Time is set, the functions which use the clock such as Schedule do not work correctly. Further, the date/time for
redial items and received call records are not stored.
pThe sub clock is not displayed while âSet timeâ is set to âAuto time adjust OFFâ or in Japan.
pThis function supports clock settings from 00:00 on January 1, 2007 through 23:59 on December 31, 2037.
Displaying World Time
You can display the time of the specified area under the Stand-by display clock.
time watchON or OFF
1 mSettingsClockWorld
Use Mo to select an area and press Oo(
).
Information
pWorld Time Watch does not appear when âDisplay settingâ â âClockâ â âClock displayâ is set to âOFFâ, or when you use the
FOMA phone overseas.
Summer Time
You can advance the time displayed for the overseas country you stay and for a region of World Time Watch by
one hour.
1 mSettingsClockSummer timeON or OFF
Notifying the Other Party of Your Phone Number
You can set the FOMA phone to send your phone number to the called partyâs phone when dialing. Your phone
number is important information, so take utmost care when notifying your phone number.
This function is available only when the other partyâs phone supports Caller ID.
+m-1-7
Set Caller ID Notification to Network
You can set whether to notify your caller ID on the network.
1 mServiceCaller ID notificationDo the following operations.
Item
Operation/Explanation
Activate
ON or OFF
Check setting
You can check the setting contents of âActivateâ.
Set Caller ID Notification when Making a Call
Each time you dial out, you can set whether to notify your caller ID.
a phone number
1 Enter
or
bring up the detailed display of a Phonebook entry, redial item, dialed call record,
or received call record.
2 i(
)Notify caller IDDonât notify or Notify caller (OFF or ON)
pTo release âNotify caller IDâ, select âCancel prefixâ. Whether to notify or not follows the setting for âActivateâ of âCaller ID
notificationâ.
47
Before Using the Handset
pThe FOMA phone has an internal backup battery. The set time is stored in the internal backup battery so is kept even when you
change the battery. However, the time could be reset if the battery is detached for two or more weeks. In this case, charge the
FOMA phone and then set the clock again. Also, when using the FOMA phone for the first time after purchase, attach the
battery to the FOMA phone and then charge it. This charges the internal backup battery as well.
Set âNotify/Not Notifyâ by Entering â186/184â
Before Using the Handset
You can select whether to notify the other party of your phone number also by entering â186â/â184â before the
other partyâs phone number.
To notify your caller ID
1 186âDestination phone numberd or Oo(
pPress l(
) to make a videophone call.
Not to notify your caller ID
1 184âDestination phone numberd or Oo(
pPress l(
) to make a videophone call.
Information
pWhen you make a call and hear the guidance requesting your caller ID (see page 369), follow the steps of âTo notify your caller
IDâ to enter â186â and redial.
pWhen you make a PushTalk call, âActivateâ of âCaller ID notificationâ or âNotify caller IDâ is valid, but ânotify/not notifyâ by adding
â186â/ â184â is invalid.
pYou cannot set âCaller ID notificationâ while â
â is displayed.
+m-0
Checking Your Own Number
pYour phone number (own number) is stored on the UIM.
1 mPhonebookOwn number
You can press No to switch the tabs.
pSee page 342 for storing/displaying personal data.
Phone number tab
List tab
Own Number display
Information
pIn Dual Mode of 2in1, you can switch between Number A and Number B by pressing +Oo(
display. â
â appears for Number A, and â
â appears for Number B.
) from the Own Number
pWhen you replace a UIM with another one (2in1 contractor â 2in1 contractor) while using 2in1, perform â2in1 function OFFâ (see
page 373) and then set â2in1 settingâ to âYESâ, or perform âAuto acquire No. Bâ (see page 342), to acquire the correct Number B.
When you replace a UIM with another one (2in1 contractor â 2in1 non-contractor), perform â2in1 function OFFâ as well to update
the ownerâs information to the correct one.
48
Voice/Videophone Calls
Making Calls/Videophone Calls
About Videophone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Making a Call/Videophone Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switching between a Voice Call and Videophone Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Call Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšRedialâş âšDialed Callsâş âšReceived Callsâş
Setting Chaku-moji . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšChaku-mojiâş
Sending Touch-tone Signals Quickly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšPause Dialâş
International Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšWORLD CALLâş
Setting for International Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšInternational Dial Assistâş
Storing Numbers to be Added to the Beginning of a Phone Number . . . . . . .âšPrefix Settingâş
Making a Call with Specified Sub-address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšSub-address Settingâş
Setting Alarm for Reconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšReconnect Signalâş
Reducing Surrounding Noise to Make Voice Clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšNoise Reductionâş
Switching to Hands-free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšHands-freeâş
Using Hands-free Compatible Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšIn-Car Hands-freeâş
50
50
52
53
55
57
57
58
59
59
59
59
60
60
Receiving Calls/Videophone Calls
Receiving a Call/Videophone Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switched between a Voice Call and Videophone Call by the Other Party . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting Response of Key Operation for Answering Incoming Calls . . . . . . âšAnswer Settingâş
Setting Response for when Opening FOMA Phone during Ringing . . . âšSetting when Openedâş
Setting Response for when Closing FOMA Phone during a Call . . . . .âšSetting when Foldedâş
Adjusting Earpiece Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšVolumeâş
Adjusting Ring Volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšRing Volumeâş
60
62
62
63
63
63
64
When You Cannot or Could not Answer the Call
Putting an Incoming Call on Hold when You cannot Answer at Once. . . . . . . . . . . âšOn Holdâş
Putting a Call on Hold during a Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšHoldingâş
Setting Hold Tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšSet Hold Toneâş
Using Public Mode (Drive Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšPublic Mode (Drive Mode)âş
Using Public Mode (Power Off) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšPublic Mode (Power Off)âş
If You could not Answer an Incoming Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšMissed Callâş
Recording Voice/Video Messages when You cannot Answer the Call
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšRecord Message Settingâş
Recording Voice/Video Messages when You cannot Answer the Call during Ringing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšQuick Record Messageâş
Playing Back/Erasing Record Messages/a Voice Memo/Videophone Record Messages/Movie Memos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšPlay/Erase Messagesâş âšPlay/Erase Videophone Messagesâş
64
64
65
65
66
67
67
68
68
Making Full Use of Videophone Calls
Using Chara-den . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Useful Functions for Videophone Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting Videophone Hands-free. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšHands-free with Videophoneâş
Setting Image Quality for Videophone Calls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšVisual Preferenceâş
Changing Image Displays for Videophone Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšSelect Imageâş
Redialing as a Voice Call when a Videophone Call cannot be Connected
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšVoice Call Auto Redialâş
Setting for Switching between a Voice Call and a Videophone Call. . . .âšNotify Switchable Modeâş
Selecting Response to Incoming Videophone Calls during i-mode. . . âšVideophone while Packetâş
Connecting FOMA Phone to External Devices to Use Videophone Function . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking inside the Room when You are Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšRemote Monitoringâş
69
70
71
71
71
72
72
72
73
73
49
Voice/Videophone Calls
About Videophone
You and the other party can talk viewing each otherâs
images.
DoCoMo videophones conform to 3G-324M, standardized by
the international standard 3GPP. You cannot connect to the
videophone that uses a different format.
p3GPP (3rd Generation Partnership Project):
This is the regional standards organization for developing
common technical specifications for third-generation mobile
telecommunication systems (IMT-2000).
p3G-324M:
This is the international standard for the third generation of
mobile videophones.
pThe P905i supports only 64 kbps communication speed of
videophone dialing. You can talk but cannot make a
videophone call at 32 kbps communication speed.
Making a Call/Videophone Call
pWhen 27 or more digits are
entered, the lower 26 digits only
are displayed.
pTo store an entered phone
number in the Phonebook, press
m(
). Go to step 2 of
âStoring Displayed Phone
Number/Mail Address in
Phonebookâ on page 88.
pEven when you are dialing within
the same area, you need to
enter the city code before the phone number.
City code
Local code
Phone number
â Display during videophone calls
âŚReceiving image (Image through
the other partyâs camera or
substitute image)
03
50
XXXX
XXXX
pTo make calls to mobile phone
090âXXXXâXXXX Other partyâs phone number (11 digits)
080âXXXXâXXXX
âŚSending image (Image through
your camera or substitute image)
âŚCall duration
âŚStatus
: 64K communicating
: 32K communicating
: Voice sending/receiving
(gray): Voice sending/
receiving failedâť1
: Image sending/receiving
(gray): Image sending/receiving failedâť2
: Camera image sending
: Substitute image sending
: Chara-den talking
: Hands-free activated
: AV output
: Bluetooth communicating
: Portrait
: Close-up
: Landscape
: Night Mode
: Chara-den Whole Action Mode
: Chara-den Parts Action Mode
: DTMF Transmission Mode
âť1 When voice sending fails, the other party cannot hear your
voice.
When voice receiving fails, you cannot hear the other
partyâs voice.
âť2 When image sending fails, the sending image is not
displayed at the other end.
When image receiving fails, the receiving image is not
displayed.
When voice or image sending/receiving fails, it does not
recover automatically. You need to make a videophone call
again.
Enter the other partyâs phone number,
starting with the city code.
pTo make calls to PHS
070âXXXXâXXXX Other partyâs phone number (11 digits)
When Making a Voice Call
Press d or Oo(
).
pâ â blinks during dialing, and
lights during a call.
When Making a Videophone Call
Press l(
).
pâ â blinks during dialing and
lights during the call.
pDuring a videophone call, you
) to
can press m(
display the substitute image at
the other party. To resume the
image through your camera,
) again.
press m(
The digital communication
charging starts from this
display.
Press h to end the call after talking.
Information
pIf you hear the guidance requesting your caller ID (see
page 369), follow the steps of âTo notify your caller IDâ on
page 48 to enter â186â and redial.
pIf you close the FOMA phone during a call, the FOMA
phone works in accordance with the setting of âSetting when
foldedâ. (See page 63)
pIf you switch to Horizontal Open Style during a call, the
FOMA phone is set to âNo toneâ. (See page 63)
pYou can press numeric keys to send touch-tone signals
during a call. During a Chara-den call, you need to switch to
DTMF Transmission Mode. (See page 71)
pYou cannot make a call in Horizontal Open Style. However,
when the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch
(option) is connected, you can make a call in Horizontal
Open Style.
pIn Dual Mode of 2in1, you can make a call after selecting
Number A or Number B. (See page 374)
pYou can make a voice call also by pressing -d and then
entering the partyâs phone number. If you enter a wrong
number, press -h to clear the display and then redial.
pJust after purchase, Hands-free is automatically activated
by âHands-free w/ V. phoneâ (see page 71). However,
Hands-free is deactivated during Manner Mode regardless
of âHands-free w/ V. phoneâ.
pWhen you make a videophone call with substitute image,
note that you will still be charged for the digital
communication, not the voice calls.
pIf you make a videophone call at 110/119/118 from the
FOMA phone, it is automatically dialed out as a voice call.
pDuring a videophone call, you can send a Chara-den image
to the other party instead of the image through your camera.
(See page 69)
pThe international videophone call is available using the
DoCoMo international call service âWORLD CALLâ. (See
page 57)
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
â Display during dialing
The other partyâs name and icon will be displayed if the
partyâs phone number and name are stored in the
Phonebook. However, the image will not be displayed, even
if it is stored in the Phonebook.
pIf the same phone number is stored with multiple names in
the Phonebook, the name that comes first in the search
order (see page 89) is displayed.
pThe phone number instead of the name will be displayed if
the Phonebook entry has been stored as secret data, or if
Personal Data Lock is activated.
â If a videophone call could not be connected
The reason why it could not be connected is displayed. (The
displayed reason might not be the same as the actual
reason depending on the type of the other partyâs phone and
contract for network services.)
Messages
Reasons
Check number,
You have dialed a non-existent phone
then redial
number.
Busy
The other party is busy. (Depending
on the receiverâs phone, this message
might be displayed during packet
communication as well.)
Busy with packet
The packet communication is
transmission
progress at the other end.
Out of service area/ The other partyâs phone is out of the
power off
service area or turned off.
Set caller ID to ON Your caller ID is not notified.
(when dialing âvisualnetâ)
Your call is being
During forwarding
forwarded
Redial using voice The other party activates Call
call
Forwarding Service but the forwarding
destination phone does not support
videophone calls.
Upper limit has
The upper limit for the plan with the
been exceeded
limit function (Type Limit, Family Wide
Connection failed Limit) is exceeded.
Please make your You did not make a videophone call
call from the i-mode from the IP (Information Provider) site
web page
among i-mode official sites (at dialing
to V-live).
Connection failed Redial after setting âActivateâ of
âCaller ID notificationâ to âONâ.
ăťThis may appear in the case other
than above.
Voice/Videophone Calls
pWhen the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch
(option) is connected, you can hear the other partyâs voice
from the earphone. (See page 346)
â If you entered a wrong phone number
Each time you press r, the digit on the far right is
cleared. If you press and hold r for at least one second,
all the digits are cleared and the Stand-by display returns.
pPress o
to move the cursor to the digit you want to clear,
and then press r to clear it. To clear all the digits on
and to the right of the cursor, press and hold r for at
least one second.
51
Voice/Videophone Calls
â Auto-redialing
If âVoice call auto redialâ is set to âONâ, and a videophone
call is not connected, a voice call is automatically made.
pVideophone calls cannot be connected to the phones that
do not support the videophone function, or to the phones
that are out of the service area or turned off even if they
are videophones. If you have set âVoice call auto redialâ to
âONâ and attempt to dial a phone that does not have the
videophone function, the number will be redialed as a
voice call. However, this operation might not work if you
call an ISDN-synchronous 64K or PIAFS access point or
an ISDN videophone that does not support 3G-324M (as of
October 2007), or if you dial the wrong number. Note that
you could be charged for the communication.
pOnce the videophone call has started communications,
redialing as a voice call will not be made.
Switching between a Voice Call
and Videophone Call
You (caller) can switch between a voice call and a videophone
call. This function is available for the mobile phones that can
switch between a voice call and a videophone call.
Switch from a Voice Call to Videophone Call
When the other partyâs phone has a function to switch
between the calls, â
â is displayed on your phone
and you can switch from the voice call to videophone call.
During a voice callc(
)Change
Function Menu while Entering Phone Number
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Notify caller ID See page 47.
Prefix numbers See page 59.
pWhen you select an image to be sent to the other party,
select âSelect imageâ. Go to step 2 of âSet by Callâ on
page 72.
pWhen âCancelâ is selected, the FOMA phone cancels
switching and returns to the voice call.
pWhile switching, the voice guidance is played back.
Intâl dial assist See page 58.
Select image See page 72.
Multi number You can select a phone number to be notified
to the other party. (See page 372.)
Add to
phonebook
See page 87.
Compose
message
You can compose a mail message to send to
the phone number set as the destination
address.
Go to step 3 on page 172.
When the other partyâs phone has a function to switch
between the calls, you can switch from the videophone
call to voice call by selecting âCHG to voice callâ from
the Function menu.
Chaku-moji
See page 55.
Switch from a Videophone Call to Voice Call
During a videophone calli(
CHG to voice callYES
pSelect âNOâ on the confirmation display to stop
switching and to resume the videophone call.
pWhile switching, the voice guidance is played back.
Information
pYou can switch between a voice call and a videophone call
repeatedly.
pWhen i-mode or packet communication is in progress, the
communication is disconnected and then the voice call is
switched to the videophone call.
52
/
âť
Dialed and received calls/missed calls of PushTalk
âť
Dialed and received group calls/missed
group calls of PushTalk
âť
Dialed and received calls/missed calls of
PushTalk via serverâs phonebook
Voice/Video messages are recorded on
Record Message
Incoming calls of Remote Monitoring
âť
Dialed and received calls/missed calls of
international call
âť
Dialed and received calls/missed calls of
international videophone call
Dialed calls of 64K data communication
âť
âť
Dialed calls of packet communication
Received Chaku-moji message
Using Call Records
â Redial
Up to 30 records of dialed voice calls, videophone calls and
PushTalk calls are stored in total, and the older record of dialing to
the same phone number is deleted. However, the dialing by
PushTalk is retained in Redial separately from that of the voice call
or videophone call even if you dial to the same phone number.
Records with time difference corrected
Records for Number B (only in Dual Mode
of 2in1)
âť The unchecked missed call icons are highlighted.
Use Redial/Dialed Calls
â Icons for Redial, Dialed Calls, and Received Calls
âť
Dialed and received calls/missed calls of
voice call
âť
Dialed and received calls/missed calls of
videophone call
When Using Redial
Press Vo.
When Using Dialed Calls
â Dialed Calls
Up to 30 records of dialed voice calls, videophone calls and
PushTalk calls are stored in total, and up to 30 records of 64K data
and packet communications are stored in total as well. The older
records of dialing to the same phone number are also retained.
â Received Calls
Up to 30 records of incoming voice calls, videophone calls and
PushTalk calls are stored in total, and up to 30 records of 64K data
and packet communications are stored in total as well. The older
records coming from the same phone number are also retained.
pWhen a call is switched between a voice call and a videophone
call, the call that is dialed/received first is stored.
pWhen more than 30 calls are dialed, the older records are
automatically deleted. Even if you turn off the FOMA phone,
call records are not deleted.
pIn Dual Mode of 2in1, up to 60 redial items, 90 dialed call
records, and 120 received call records for Number A and
Number B are stored in total.
Received calls/missed calls of packet communication
Received calls of 64K data communication
and packet communication when no
external device is connected
< Redial> < Dialed Calls> < Received Calls>
The FOMA phone can store the other partyâs phone
number and date/time you have dialed or received. You
can call back to the other party.
Received calls/missed calls of 64K data
communication
mPhonebookDialed/recv. calls
Dialed calls
The list for call records is displayed.
pFor redial items of PushTalk,
) to show the
press Oo(
Redial List of the group.
Highlight a party and press p to
make a PushTalk call. If you do
For Redial
not highlight any party and press p, you can make a
group call.
pPress m(
) to display the Sent Address List.
Select a call record.
The detailed display for the call
record is displayed.
pWhen the other party is stored in
the Phonebook, the phone
number, name, and icon are
displayed. If the same phone
For Redial
number is stored with multiple
names in the Phonebook, the name and icon that come
first in the search order (see page 89) are displayed.
53
Voice/Videophone Calls
Information
pWhen packet communication is in progress at the other end,
the message to the effect that the communication cannot be
switched is displayed and the voice call continues without
switching to the videophone call.
pYou cannot switch from the voice call to the videophone call
while âMulti callingâ is displayed during the call if you have
signed up for Call Waiting Service.
pIt takes about five seconds to switch. Switching may take a
longer time depending on the radio wave conditions.
pDepending on how the callerâs phone is working or on the
radio wave conditions, switching between a voice call and
videophone call may fail and the connection may be cut off.
pIf you switch between the voice call and videophone call during
a call, the call duration and call cost are counted respectively for
the calls. You are not charged while âChangingâ is displayed.
pYou cannot switch between the videophone call and voice
call unless âNotify switchable modeâ is set to âIndication ONâ
at the other end. See page 72 for âNotify switchable modeâ.
pWhen you switch a videophone call to voice call, Hands-free
is deactivated.
Use Received Calls
Voice/Videophone Calls
+m-2-4
Press Co.
pYou can display the Received Call
List also by mPhonebook
Dialed/recv. callsReceived
callsAll calls or Missed calls.
All calls
. . .All the records including
Received Call List
missed calls
Missed calls
. . .The records of missed calls only
In Dual Mode of 2in1, the number of missed calls for
Number A and Number B is displayed respectively.
(If unchecked missed calls are found, the number of
them is displayed.)
pFor received call records of PushTalk, press
Oo(
) to show the Received Call List of the group
with ââ
â mark added to the caller. Highlight a party and
press p to make a PushTalk call. If you do not highlight
any party and press p, you can make a group call.
pPress m(
) to display the Received Address
List.
Function Menu while Redial/Dialed Calls/Received
Calls is Displayed
Function menu
pThe caller ID is displayed if it
was provided; and if this caller
has been stored in the
Phonebook, the phone number,
name, and icon are displayed.
If the same phone number is
Detailed Received Call
stored with multiple names in the
display
Phonebook, the name and icon
that come first in search order (see page 89) are
displayed. If there was a call for packet communication,
the senderâs access point name (APN) is displayed.
When the other partyâs phone number is not notified,
the reason for no caller ID is displayed.
pFor missed calls, the ring time is displayed on the right
of the received date/time.
pWhen a Chaku-moji message is received, it is
displayed.
Information
pYou can make a voice call to the most recently dialed or
received number by pressing -d from the Stand-by
display and then +No.
Operation/Explanation
Notify caller ID See page 47.
Prefix numbers See page 59.
Intâl dial assist See page 58.
2in1 dial
Select a received call record.
â To make a call to a displayed redial item, dialed call
record, or received call record
Press d to make a voice call. You can make a voice call
also by pressing Oo(
) from the detailed display.
) to make a videophone call and press p
Press l(
to make a PushTalk call.
54
Information
pWhen you make/receive a call with an additional number of
Multi Number, the stored name for the additional number is
displayed below the phone number on the detailed display.
If you store a phone number for âNumber settingâ of âMulti
numberâ, the phone number is displayed as well.
pThe dialed call records of 64K data communication are
stored only when the FOMA USB Cable with Charge
Function 01 (option) is connected.
pEven if you make a voice call (or videophone call) to the phone
number in a received call record with a Chaku-moji message
displayed, the received Chaku-moji message is not sent.
pWhen a call comes in from a party who uses a dial-in phone
number, a different phone number might be displayed.
You can select a phone number to be notified
to the other party in Dual Mode of 2in1.
(See page 374)
Multi number You can select a phone number to be notified
to the other party. (See page 372)
Chaku-moji
See page 55.
Character size You can switch the character size for the list
between Large and Standard.
pThe setting here applies to âDialed/recv.
callsâ of âCharacter sizeâ.
Add to
phonebook
See page 87.
pYou can store the phone number in the
Phonebook also by pressing m(
from the detailed display. Go to step 2 of
âStoring Displayed Phone Number/Mail
Address in Phonebookâ on page 88.
FeelďźTalk
See page 110.
Ring time
You can display the ring time for missed calls.
[Received Call Even if you have set âMissed calls displayâ of
List only]
âRing timeâ to âNot displayâ, the missed calls
which stopped ringing within the ring start
time and their ring times are displayed.
Add desktop See page 114.
icon
Compose
message
You can compose a mail message to send to the
phone number set as the destination address.
Go to step 3 on page 172.
Compose SMS You can compose an SMS message to send to
the phone number set as the destination address.
Go to step 3 of âComposing SMS Messages
to Sendâ on page 206.
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Sent address See page 195.
[Redial/Dialed
Calls only]
See page 195.
Delete this
YES
Delete
selected
Put a check mark for redial items, dialed
call records, or received call records to be
)YES
deletedl(
Delete all
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
Select image See page 72.
Store in
P-Talk PB
YES
Store P-Talk
group
Select a group.
pWhen members who are not stored in the
PushTalk Phonebook are found, the
confirmation display appears asking
whether to store them.
Voice/Videophone Calls
Received
address
[Received
Calls only]
â When a Chaku-moji message is received
A Chaku-moji message is displayed
below a caller. The Chaku-moji
message is stored in Received Calls
as well.
pThe Chaku-moji message is
displayed only during ringing. It is not displayed during a call.
pEven when a Chaku-moji message comes in within the ring
start time set by âRing timeâ, it is received and recorded in
Received Calls.
pThe Chaku-moji message is displayed on the Private window
when âChaku-mojiâ of âCalledâ on page 106 is set to âONâ.
pThe Chaku-moji message is not displayed during Lock All,
Omakase Lock, or Personal Data Lock. However, you can
check the Chaku-moji message from Received Calls after
the lock is released.
Store Chaku-moji Messages
You can store up to 10 Chaku-moji messages in the
Message List.
mServiceChaku-mojiCreate message
Highlight and press l(
Enter a message.
pTo edit a stored message, highlight it and press l(
).
pYou can enter up to 10 characters regardless of whether they
are pictographs, symbols, or full-pitch/half-pitch characters.
Enter a group name.
pYou can enter up to 16 full-pitch/32
half-pitch characters.
Make a Call with a Chaku-moji Message
Information
pIf you execute âDelete allâ from the Function menu of Redial/
Dialed Calls, all records in both Redial and Dialed Calls are
deleted. Even if you execute âDelete thisâ or âDelete
selectedâ of Redial, the records are not deleted from Dialed
Calls and they are retained. To delete the dialed call
records, delete them from the Function menu while âDialed
callsâ is displayed.
pYou cannot store from the call record for the party who is
not stored in the Phonebook.
pYou cannot store in a PushTalk group unless all the
members are stored in the FOMA phoneâs Phonebook.
Enter a phone number
or
bring up the detailed display of a
Phonebook entry, redial item, dialed call
record, or received call record.
i(
)Chaku-moji
Do the following operations.
Function menu
You can create a Chaku-moji message just
before dialing.
Enter a message.
pYou can enter up to 10 characters
regardless of whether they are pictographs,
symbols, or full-pitch/half-pitch characters.
pThe Chaku-moji message created using this
function is not stored in the Message List.
When making a voice call or videophone call, you can
send your text message to tell the subject during
calling.
pFor details on Chaku-moji or compatible models, refer to
DoCoMo web page or âMobile Phone Userâs Guide [Network
Services]â.
pThe sending end is charged, but the receiving end is not
charged.
Select
message
From the Message List, you can select the
stored Chaku-moji message.
Select a message.
Sent
messages
From the Sent Message List, you can select a
Chaku-moji message to be sent. Up to 10 sent
Chaku-moji messages only are stored in the Sent
Message List. If you send the same Chaku-moji
message, the older one is deleted. When the
number of sent Chaku-moji messages exceeds
10, the messages are deleted from the oldest one.
Select a sent message.
55
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
Create
message
< Chaku-moji>
Setting Chaku-moji
Operation/Explanation
Voice/Videophone Calls
Press d or Oo(
).
pPress l(
) to make a videophone call.
pThe Chaku-moji message being sent is displayed
during dialing.
Information
pWhen a Chaku-moji message has arrived at the other
partyâs phone, âTransmission completedâ is displayed, and
you are charged a transmission fee.
pWhen a Chaku-moji message does not arrive at the other partyâs
phone such as when the other partyâs phone is not a Chaku-moji
compatible mobile phone or the call is not allowed by âMessage
disp. settingsâ at the receiving end, âTransmission failedâ is
displayed. In this case, you are not charged a transmission fee.
pDepending on the radio wave conditions, the transmission
result may not be displayed at the sending end even if a
Chaku-moji message has arrived at the other partyâs phone.
In this case, you are charged a transmission fee.
pEven if you make a call sending a Chaku-moji message, the
Chaku-moji message is not displayed and you are not charged a
transmission fee (the call is not recorded in Received Calls at
the receiving end) when the other partyâs phone is out of the
service area, turned off, during Public Mode (Drive Mode), or the
ring time for Record Message Setting is set to zero seconds.
Also, the transmission result is not displayed at the sending end.
pWhen a videophone call is not connected and automatically
dialed as a voice call, the Chaku-moji message is resent as well.
Function Menu while Detailed Sent Message is
Displayed
Function menu
Store
You can store a sent Chaku-moji message in
the Message List.
pYou can store also by pressing l(
).
Delete this
YES
Delete all
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
Message Display Settings
You can set how incoming Chaku-moji messages are
displayed.
Up to 10 sent Chaku-moji messages are stored in Sent
Messages, and you can check for the other partyâs
phone number and the date/time the Chaku-moji
messages were sent. Older messages sent to the same
phone number are also retained.
pIn Dual Mode of 2in1, up to 10 records for Number A and
Number B can be displayed in total.
56
mServiceChaku-mojiSent messages
. . .Chaku-moji message
successfully sent
. . .Chaku-moji message
unsuccessfully sent
. . . . . .Chaku-moji message
for Number B (only in Dual Mode of 2in1)
pWhen the transmission result is not displayed, â
â
or â
â is not displayed.
pDepending on the radio wave conditions, the
transmission result might not be displayed correctly.
Select a sent message.
pWhen the other partyâs phone
number is stored in the
Phonebook, the phone number,
name, and icon are displayed.
mServiceChaku-moji
Message disp. settingsSelect an item.
Display all messages
. . .Displays Chaku-moji messages from all callers.
Numbers stored in PB
. . .Displays Chaku-moji messages only from the callers
stored in the Phonebook.
Calls with callerID
. . .Displays Chaku-moji messages only from the caller
notifying his/her phone number.
Hide all messages
. . .Does not display Chaku-moji messages.
pChaku-moji does not support PushTalk.
pYou cannot send/receive Chaku-moji messages overseas.
Detailed Sent Message
Operation/Explanation
Information
pWhen you set to âNumbers stored in PBâ, you cannot
receive Chaku-moji messages from the callers stored in the
Phonebook B in A Mode of 2in1 (and vice versa).
Prefer Chaku-moji
You can set how your FOMA phone works for incoming
Chaku-moji messages for when âSetting when openedâ
is set to âAnswerâ.
mServiceChaku-moji
Prefer Chaku-mojiON or OFF
ON. . . . .Does not answer by opening the FOMA phone
during ringing, so you can check a Chaku-moji
message.
OFF. . . .Answers by opening the FOMA phone during
ringing.
+m-8-4
< Pause Dial>
Sending Touch-tone Signals
Quickly
pSome devices on the receiving end cannot receive signals.
pYou cannot send a number string with pauses during a
videophone call.
< WORLD CALL>
International Calls
Store Pause Dial
You need to store a number string to be sent as a
touch-tone signal in the Pause Dial List. If you have
inserted a pause (p), you can send a number string
breaking at the point where the pause is inserted.
mSettingsOther settingsPause dial
l(
pWhen a number string is already stored, it is displayed.
pTo delete a stored pause dial, press i(
) and
select âDeleteâ, then select âYESâ.
Enter a number string.
pEnter the pause (p) by pressing and holding a for at
least one second.
pYou can use only 0 through 9, s, a to
enter a number string and the pause (p).
pYou can enter up to 128 digits.
pYou cannot enter a pause (p) at the beginning and end
of a number string, or enter it consecutively.
Send Pause Dial
mSettingsOther settingsPause dial
Oo(
)Enter a phone number
d or Oo(
A voice call is made. Once the line is connected, a
number string stored in Pause Dial is displayed up to the
first pause (p).
pWhen the other partyâs phone number is stored in the
Phonebook, you can retrieve it selecting from the
Search Phonebook display by pressing Bo.
pYou can search for the phone number also from
Received Calls by pressing Co or from Redial by
pressing Vo.
Check that the line is connected
d or Oo(
WORLD CALL is the international call service available
from DoCoMo mobile phones.
When you have signed up for FOMA service, you have
contracted to use âWORLD CALLâ (except those who
have applied not to use it).
pYou can call about 240 countries and regions.
pThe WORLD CALL charges are added to your monthly
FOMA bill.
pThe application/monthly fee is free of charge.
pChanges in procedures for international call
âMy Lineâ service is not available for mobile communications
such as mobile phones, so cannot be used with WORLD
CALL. However, in conjunction with the launch of âMy Lineâ
service, the dialing procedure for international calls from
mobile phones has changed. Note that the old way of dialing
(the way without â010â from the following operation) no
longer works.
pThe service is not available with some billing plans.
pContact âDoCoMo Information Centerâ on the back page of
this manual for inquiries about WORLD CALL.
pWhen using international carriers other than DoCoMo,
contact them.
â About international videophone calls
You can make international videophone calls to the other
party who uses a specific 3G mobile phone overseas. Press
l(
) instead of d or Oo(
) in the steps of
âEnter a Phone Number to Make an International Callâ.
(See page 58)
pFor the information about connectable countries and
telecommunications carriers, refer to the DoCoMo Global
Service web page.
pImages sent from the other party may blur on your FOMA
phone or you may not be able to connect, depending on
the other partyâs phone used for the international
videophone call.
A number string up to the first pause (p) is sent, and a
number string up to the next pause (p) is displayed.
A number string up to the pause (p) is sent each time you
).
press d or Oo(
When you have finished sending the last number, the
âTalkingâ display appears.
pTo send multiple pieces of a number string at a time,
press and hold Vo for at least one second, and select
âSend at one timeâ.
57
Voice/Videophone Calls
You can send touch-tone signals from your FOMA
phone to use services such as reserving tickets,
checking bank balance, etc.
Information
pDuring a call, you can send a number string also by
displaying the Function menu of the Pause Dial display.
Enter a Phone Number to Make an
International Call
Voice/Videophone Calls
Enter numbers in order of 009130â010â
country codeâarea code (city code)
âdestination phone number
d or Oo(
pWhen the area code (city code) begins with â0â, enter it
except for the â0â. However, include â0â when making a
call to some countries or regions such as Italy.
pPress l(
) to make an international videophone call.
< International Dial Assist>
Setting for International Calls
Auto Assist Setting
You can set whether to replace â+â at the beginning of
a phone number with an international call access code
for when you make an international call from Japan.
pWhen no country code or international call access code
is stored, the confirmation display appears asking
whether to store it. Select âYESâ and go to step 2 of
âCountry Code Settingâ on page 58 for a country code,
and go to step 2 of âIDD Prefix Settingâ on page 58 for
an international call access code.
Use â+â to Make an International Call
When you enter a phone number for dialing or storing it
in the Phonebook, press and hold 0 for at least one
second to enter â+â. You can use â+â to make
international calls without entering an international call
access code such as 009130-010.
pIf you set âAuto assist settingâ of âIntâl dial assistâ to âONâ, an
international call access code of âIDD prefix settingâ is
automatically entered.
0(for at least one second)
Enter numbers in order of country code
âarea code (city code)âdestination phone
numberd or Oo(
)Dial
pWhen the area code (city code) begins with â0â, enter it
except for the â0â. However, include â0â when making a
call to some countries or regions such as Italy.
pPress l(
) to make an international videophone call.
pWhen you select âDial with orig. No.â, you can make a
call without adding an international call access code.
Country Code Setting
You can store up to 27 country codes to be added for
making international calls from overseas.
Enter a phone number
or
bring up the detailed display of a
Phonebook entry, redial item, dialed call
record, or received call record.
i(
)Intâl dial assist
Select a country nameSelect a name
d or Oo(
pPress l(
) to make an international videophone call.
pWhen the beginning of the phone number is â+â, you
can select only an international call access code.
pWhen âJapanâ is selected as a country name, the
display for selecting a name is not displayed.
58
mSettingsNetwork setting
Intâl dial assistCountry Code set.
Highlight and press
l(
).
pIf you select a stored country name, you can check the
stored contents.
International Dial Assist
You can make a call adding a country code or
international call access code to a phone number.
(Except for some countries or regions, if the phone
number starts with â0â, the â0â at the beginning is
automatically deleted.)
mSettingsNetwork setting
Intâl dial assistAuto assist setting
ON or OFFSelect a country name
Select a name.
Enter a country name Enter a country code.
pYou can enter a country name of up to 8 full-pitch/16
half-pitch characters.
pYou can enter a country code of up to 5 digits. But you
cannot use #, :, and +.
IDD Prefix Setting
You can store up to three international call access
codes to be added to the beginning of a phone number
for making an international call.
mSettingsNetwork setting
Intâl dial assistIDD prefix setting
Highlight and press
l(
).
pIf you select the stored item, you can check the stored
contents.
Enter a nameEnter an international call
access code.
pYou can enter a name of up to 8 full-pitch/16 half-pitch
characters.
pYou can enter an international call access code of up to
16 digits.
Function Menu while Country Code Setting/IDD
Prefix Setting is Displayed
Function menu
Edit
YES
Delete all
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
Information
pYou cannot delete the country code or international call
access code set by âAuto assist settingâ.
< Prefix Setting>
Storing Numbers to be Added to
the Beginning of a Phone Number
You can store prefix numbers such as international call
access codes or â186â/â184â and add them to the
phone number for dialing. You can store up to seven
prefix numbers.
mSettingsNetwork setting
Prefix settingHighlight
and press l(
).
) to make a videophone call and
press p to make a PushTalk call.
pFor making a PushTalk call, adding a prefix number
such as â186â or â184â to the beginning of the phone
number is disabled.
< Sub-address Setting>
Making a Call with Specified
Sub-address
You can set whether to regard the numbers after â:â of
a phone number as a sub-address to access the
specified phones or data terminals.
pThe sub-address is a number assigned to identify each ISDN
terminal connected to an ISDN line. It is also used for
selecting contents on âV-liveâ.
mSettingsOther settings
Sub-address settingON or OFF
Information
pEven if you set âSub-address settingâ to âONâ, â:â at the top
of phone numbers and â:â immediately after the prefix
number or â186â/â184â are not regarded as sub-address
mark-off symbols.
< Reconnect Signal>
+m-7-7
Setting Alarm for Reconnecting
pIf you select a stored prefix, you can check the stored
contents.
pTo delete a stored prefix, press i(
) and select
âDelete thisâ or âDelete allâ then select âYESâ. If you select
âDelete allâ, you need to enter your Terminal Security Code.
You can set an alarm that sounds until a voice call,
videophone call, or PushTalk communication is
reconnected after disconnected owing to bad radio
wave conditions.
Enter a nameEnter a prefix number.
pYou can enter a name of up to 8 full-pitch/16 half-pitch
characters.
pYou can enter a prefix number of up to 16 digits. The
keys for entry are limited to 0 through 9, s
and a.
Prefix Numbers
You can add a prefix number to the beginning of phone
number when you make a call.
Enter a phone number
or
bring up the detailed display of a
Phonebook entry, redial item, dialed call
record, or received call record.
mSettingsTalkReconnect signal
Select an alarm.
Information
pThe reconnectable time differs depending on the usage
status and radio wave conditions. An estimate is about 10
seconds and the call charge is applied also for that duration.
pWhile you are disconnected, no sound is transmitted to the
other party.
< Noise Reduction>
+m-7-6
Reducing Surrounding Noise to
Make Voice Clear
mSettingsTalkNoise reduction
ON or OFF
59
Voice/Videophone Calls
Go to step 2 of âCountry Code Settingâ on
page 58 for Country Code Setting, and go to
step 2 of âIDD Prefix Settingâ on page 58 for
IDD Prefix Setting.
pYou can edit the item also by pressing
l(
).
i(
)Prefix numbers
Select a named or Oo(
pPress l(
Operation/Explanation
Delete this
< Hands-free>
Switching to Hands-free
Voice/Videophone Calls
When you switch to Hands-free, sound such as the
other partyâs voice is audible over the speaker.
During a calld
When Hands-free is activated, â â is displayed.
pYou can activate/deactivate Hands-free during a call.
For videophone calls and PushTalk calls, you can
activate/deactivate also during dialing or connecting.
pPress d again to deactivate Hands-free.
pThe sound volume during a Hands-free call follows the
setting specified by âVolumeâ (earpiece volume).
pYou can switch to Hands-free even during Manner
Mode. Also, you will still hear voice through the speaker
even when you activate Manner Mode during a
Hands-free call.
Information
pWhile the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch
(option) is connected, you cannot hear voice through the
speaker even if you switch to Hands-free.
pKeep the FOMA phone well away from your ear during a
Hands-free call. Otherwise you could affect or damage your
hearing.
pTalk into the FOMA phone within a distance of about 50 cm.
< In-Car Hands-free>
Using Hands-free Compatible
Devices
You can make or receive voice calls from a Hands-free
compatible device such as In-Car Hands-Free Kit 01
(option) or a car navigation system by connecting with
your FOMA phone.
You can connect your FOMA phone to a Hands-free
compatible device using two ways of connections as
follows:
pConnect using a cable (USB connection):
To use/charge via the In-Car Hands-Free Kit 01 (option), you
need to have the FOMA In-Car Hands-Free Cable 01
(option).
pConnect using Bluetooth (wireless):
To connect to a Bluetooth compatible Hands-free device, you
need to register and connect it to the FOMA phone.
âť For how to operate Hands-free compatible devices, refer to
the respective instruction manuals.
Information
pTo connect using a cable (USB connection), set âUSB mode
settingâ to âCommunication modeâ.
pâ â appears while you are talking or communicating using
a USB Hands-free compatible device.
60
Information
pâ â might appear while the FOMA phone is connected to a
USB Hands-free compatible device, and â â while âUSB
mode settingâ is set to âmicroSD modeâ, depending on the
Hands-free device connected.
pThe display or ring tone for incoming calls follows the
settings of the FOMA phone.
pWhen the sound is set to output from a Hands-free
compatible device, the ring tone sounds from that device
even when Manner Mode is activated or âRing volumeâ of
the FOMA phone is set to âSilentâ.
pThe receiving operation in Public Mode (Drive Mode) works
in accordance with the âPublic (Drive) modeâ setting.
pThe receiving operation while Record Message is activated
works in accordance with the âRecord message settingâ
setting.
pWhen the sound is set to output from the FOMA phone, the
FOMA phone works in accordance with âSetting when
foldedâ if it is closed during a call. When the sound is set to
output from a Hands-free device, the communication state
does not change regardless of âSetting when foldedâ even if
you close the FOMA phone.
Receiving a Call/Videophone Call
When you receive a call, the ring tone
sounds and the Call/Charging indicator
flickers.
pTo vibrate the FOMA phone for
incoming calls, set âPhoneâ or
âVideophoneâ of âVibratorâ to
other than âOFFâ.
pWhen receiving a videophone
call, âIncoming V.phoneâ is
displayed.
pâ
â is displayed at the
upper right of the phone number
for incoming international calls.
Chaku-moji message
(See page 55)
2
For Answering a Voice Call
Press d or Oo(
) to answer the call.
Press d or Oo(
videophone call.
) to answer the
You can send the image through
your camera to the other party.
) to take a
Press m(
videophone call, and the
substitute image is sent to the
other party. (Substitute image
answering)
pPress m during a call to switch
between the image through your
camera and substitute image for
sending to the other party.
Press h to end the call after talking.
Information
pIf you close the FOMA phone during a call, the FOMA
phone works in accordance with the setting of âSetting when
foldedâ. (See page 63)
pYou might hear beeps (in-call ring tone) during a call.
If you have signed up for any of Voice Mail Service, Call
Waiting Service, or Call Forwarding Service and set âArrival
call actâ to âAnswerâ, the beeps (in-call ring tone) will sound
for another incoming call, enabling you to do the following
operations:
Voice Mail Service
. . . Transfer the call to the Voice Mail Service Center.
(See page 365)
Call Waiting Service
. . . Put your current call on hold and answer the incoming
call. (See page 366)
Call Forwarding Service
. . . Transfer the call to the registered forwarding
destination. (See page 368)
pYou can set âReject unknownâ not to accept calls from the
phone numbers not stored in the Phonebook.
pYou can send a Chara-den image to the other party instead
of the image through your camera. (See page 69)
â Display for incoming calls
When a callerâs phone number is provided
If you store the callerâs name, phone number, and image in
the Phonebook, the name, phone number, and icon (or
image) are displayed.
pIf the same phone number is stored with multiple names in
the Phonebook, the name that comes first in the search
order (see page 89) is displayed.
pThe phone number but not the name is displayed during
Personal Data Lock.
pFor a forwarded call, the forwarderâs phone number is
displayed below the caller. (It might not be displayed in the
case of some forwarders.)
pWhen you receive a call to an additional number of Multi
Number, the stored name for the additional number is
displayed below the caller. (With a forwarded call, you can
) to switch to display of the forwarder.)
press c(
When a callerâs phone number is not provided
The reason for no caller ID is displayed. (See page 128)
61
Voice/Videophone Calls
For Answering a Videophone Call
Information
pYou cannot answer a call in Horizontal Open Style.
However, when the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with
Switch (option) is connected, you can answer a call in
Horizontal Open Style.
pWhen âAnswer settingâ is set to âAny key answerâ, the call is
placed on hold if you answer the call by pressing .< with
the FOMA phone closed. If you have set âSetting when
foldedâ to âNo toneâ or âEnd the callâ, the other party hears
nothing, and if you have set âSetting when foldedâ to âTone
onâ, the call hold tone is played back. You can start talking
by opening the FOMA phone.
pJust after purchase, Hands-free is automatically activated
during a videophone call as âHands-free w/ V. phoneâ has
been set to âONâ. (See page 71) However, Hands-free is
deactivated during Manner Mode regardless of âHands-free
w/ V. phoneâ.
pEven if Call Forwarding Service is set to âActivateâ, the call
is not forwarded unless the forwarding destination is a
phone compatible with the videophone conforming to
3G-324M (see page 50). Check the phone you are
forwarding the call to and then activate the service. The
videophone caller does not hear the guidance to the effect
that the call is forwarded.
(The message to the effect that the call is to be forwarded
appears, depending on the receiverâs FOMA phone.)
pIf a videophone call comes in from the phone number to be
rejected by Nuisance Call Blocking Service, the video
guidance for Call Rejection is played back and the call is
disconnected.
Function Menu while a Call is Ringing
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Voice/Videophone Calls
Call rejection You can disconnect the call without
answering.
Call forwarding See page 368.
Voice mail
See page 365.
Switched between a Voice Call and
Videophone Call by the Other Party
When you have set âNotify switchable modeâ to
âIndication ONâ, the caller (the other party) can switch
between a voice call and videophone call.
pYou (receiving end) cannot switch between a voice call and
videophone call.
Switched from a Voice Call to
Videophone Call by the Other Party
The display for switching to a videophone
call appears during a voice call.
YES . . .Sends the image through
your camera to the caller.
NO . . . .Sends a pre-installed
substitute image to the
caller.
pWhile switching, the message to
that effect is displayed and the
voice guidance is played back.
Switched from a Videophone Call to
Voice Call by the Other Party
When the caller (the other party) switches a
videophone call to a voice call, the message telling that
the call is being switched appears, the voice guidance
is played back, and then the call is switched to a voice
call.
< Answer Setting>
+m-5-8
Setting Response of Key Operation
for Answering Incoming Calls
You can set to start talking (Any key answer) or to stop
the ring tone (Quick silent) by pressing a key besides
Oo, d, m (for videophone call) or p (for
PushTalk call) for when a call or PushTalk call comes in.
mSettingsIncoming call
Answer settingSelect a key operation.
Any key answer
You can start talking by pressing any key shown below:
Voice
Oo, d, 0 through 9, a,
callâť1
s, r, m, câť2, No, <
PushTalk
call
Oo, d, p, 0 through 9,
a, s, r, l, c, Bo, <
pWhen receiving a videophone call, you can start talking
by pressing Oo, d or m.
Quick silent
The following are the keys you can press to stop the ring
tone, vibrator or voice guidance:
When âSetting when openedâ is set to âKeep ringingâ, you
can open the FOMA phone in Normal Style to stop the
ring tone, vibrator or voice guidance. Even if you stop it,
the other party hears a calling tone.
Voice call
0 through 9, a, s, r,
m, câť2, No, <
Videophone 0 through 9, a, s, r,
call
câť2, No, <
PushTalk
call
0 through 9, a, s, r,
l, c, Bo, <
pAfter you stop the ring tone, vibrator or voice guidance
by the key operation above, you can press Oo, d
or m (for videophone call), or press p (for PushTalk
call) to start talking.
OFF
You can start talking by pressing a key shown below:
Voice call
Oo, d
Videophone
Oo, d, m
call
PushTalk
call
Oo, d, p
âť1 You can start talking also by pressing l when five
record messages have already been recorded.
âť2 While â
â is displayed, you cannot start talking
or stop the ring tone, vibrator or voice guidance.
62
Information
pWhile the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch
(option) is connected, you can press the switch to start
talking, regardless of âAnswer settingâ. (See page 347)
< Setting when Opened>
mSettingsIncoming call
Setting when opened
Select an incoming type
Keep ringing or Answer
Information
pIf you receive a videophone call with âAnswerâ set, the still
image set for âSubstitute imageâ of âSelect imageâ is sent to
the other party.
pYou cannot answer calls by opening the FOMA phone in
Horizontal Open Style even when âAnswerâ is set.
< Setting when Folded>
+m-1-8
Setting Response for when Closing
FOMA Phone during a Call
Set Response for when Closing FOMA
Phone during a Voice Call/Videophone Call
mSettingsTalkSetting when folded
Phone/VideophoneSelect an item.
No tone . . . . . . The voice is muted. The hold tone does
not sound. The setting is completed.
Tone on . . . . . . The other party hears the hold tone set
for âHolding toneâ of âSet hold toneâ
while the FOMA phone is closed.
End the call . . . The call is finished. This is the same
operation as pressing h during a
call. The setting is completed.
Speaker ON or Speaker OFF
< Volume>
Adjusting Earpiece Volume
mSettingsTalkVolumeUse o
or
< >to adjust the earpiece volume.
Adjust the earpiece volume to Level 1 (minimum) through
Level 6 (maximum).
pDuring a call, PushTalk call, or calling, you can press
Bo or to adjust the volume, and while entering
phone number, you can press and hold Bo (for at least
one second) to adjust it. Press Bo or within two
seconds to adjust it.
Information
pThe earpiece volume adjusted during a call is retained even
after the call ends.
pWhen you adjust the earpiece volume, the sound volume
during a Hands-free call or speaker call for PushTalk is also
adjusted.
Speaker ON. . . . The hold tone sounds from the
speaker.
Speaker OFF . . . The hold tone does not sound from the
speaker.
Set Response for when Closing FOMA Phone
during PushTalk
mSettingsTalkSetting when folded
PushTalkSpeaker call or End the call
63
Voice/Videophone Calls
Setting Response for when Opening
FOMA Phone during Ringing
Information
pThis function is disabled when the Flat-plug Earphone/
Microphone with Switch (option) is connected. The
communication state does not change even if you close the
FOMA phone during a voice call or PushTalk
communication. If you close the FOMA phone during a
videophone call, the substitute image is sent to the other
party with the line connected.
pIf you close the FOMA phone during a videophone call with
âNo toneâ activated, a substitute image is sent to the other
party. When âTone onâ is set, the still image set for âHoldingâ
of âSelect imageâ is sent.
pIf you set to âNo toneâ or âTone onâ, âHoldingâ is displayed
on the Private window when the FOMA phone is closed.
pEven when âEnd the callâ has been set, the call does not
end if you close your FOMA phone from Horizontal Open
Style. âNo toneâ works for a voice call/videophone call, and
âSpeaker callâ works for a PushTalk call.
< Ring Volume>
+m-5-0
Adjusting Ring Volume
Voice/Videophone Calls
You can adjust the ring volume for incoming calls and mail.
mSettingsSoundRing volume
Select an incoming type
Use Bo to adjust the volume.
pFollowing icons are displayed on the Stand-by display
while the ring volume is set to âSilentâ:
: The ring volume for voice calls, PushTalk calls or
videophone calls is âSilentâ.
: The ring volume for mail, chat mail or Messages
R/F is âSilentâ.
: The ring volume for voice calls, PushTalk calls, or
videophone calls is âSilentâ and the ring volume
for mail, chat mail, or Messages R/F is âSilentâ.
pIf you have set âStepâ, the ring tone is silent for about
three seconds, and then the volume steps up every
three seconds, from Level 1 through Level 6.
pDuring ringing of a voice call or videophone call, you
can adjust the ring volume also by pressing Bo or by
pressing and holding for at least one second.
However, you cannot adjust the ring volume in the
following cases:
ăťRing Volume is set to âStepâ.
ăťâAnswer settingâ is set to âQuick silentâ and you stop
the ring tone or voice guidance.
ăťDuring Manner Mode
ăťIncoming calls within the ring start time specified by
âRing timeâ
< On Hold>
Putting an Incoming Call on Hold
when You cannot Answer at Once
During ringingh
Press Oo(
) or d to release hold
and answer the call.
The FOMA phone makes three rapid beeps for
confirmation and the call is put on answer-hold (On Hold).
pThe confirmation tone does not sound while Manner Mode
is activated or when âPhoneâ of âRing volumeâ is âSilentâ.
pThe other party hears the hold tone set for âOn hold
toneâ of âSet hold toneâ. For videophone calls, the still
image set for âOn holdâ of âSelect imageâ is displayed.
pIf âAnswer settingâ is set to âAny key answerâ, you can
release hold of voice calls by pressing any key of 0
through 9, a, s, r, m, c, Mo,
<, >, l, or i.
pIf a videophone call is on hold, the image through your
camera is sent to the other party by pressing
64
Oo(
) or d to release hold. If you press
m(
) to release hold, the substitute image is sent.
Information
pThe caller is charged for the call even during answer-hold
(On Hold).
pIf you press -h during answer-hold (On Hold), the call
will be disconnected.
< Holding>
Putting a Call on Hold during a Call
During a callOo (
Press Oo(
) or d to release hold
and answer the call.
pThe other party hears the hold tone set for âHolding
toneâ of âSet hold toneâ. For videophone calls, the still
image set for âHoldingâ of âSelect imageâ is displayed.
pYou can put the call on hold by closing the FOMA
phone during the call if you have set âSetting when
foldedâ to âTone onâ.
pIf a videophone call is on hold, the image through your
camera is sent to the other party by pressing
Oo(
) or d to release hold. If you press
m(
) to release hold, the substitute image is
sent.
pIf you have set âSetting when foldedâ to âTone onâ and
put the call on hold by closing the FOMA phone, open
the FOMA phone or connect the Flat-plug Earphone/
Microphone with Switch (option) to answer the call.
If you connect the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with
Switch to answer the videophone call, the substitute
image is sent to the other party.
Information
pThe caller is charged for the call even while the call is on
hold.
pIf a new call comes in while the current call is put on hold,
the hold (Holding) is released.
< Set Hold Tone>
Setting Hold Tone
You can set the guidance the other party hears during
on hold.
mSettingsTalkSet hold tone
On hold tone or Holding tone
Select a hold tone.
Tone 1/2
. . . The caller hears the pre-installed guidance in
Japanese.
JESU JOY OF MANâS
. . . The caller hears the melody. You can set this for
âHolding toneâ only.
Voice announce
. . . The caller hears the sound recorded by âVoice
announceâ. If it has not been recorded, this is not
displayed.
pPress l(
) to play back a hold tone. Press
r to end the demo playback.
< Public Mode (Drive Mode)>
Using Public Mode (Drive Mode)
Public Mode is an auto-answer service that puts
importance on manners in public spaces. Once you
activate Public Mode, the guidance is played back
telling that you cannot answer the call as you are
currently driving or in a place (a train, bus, movie
theater, etc.) where you should refrain from answering
the call. Then the call is disconnected.
Press and hold a for at least one second.
Public Mode is activated and â
â is displayed.
When a call comes in, the guidance âThe person you are
calling is currently driving or in an area where cell phone
should not be used. Please try again later.â is played back
for incoming calls.
pTo deactivate Public Mode, perform the same
operation. Then, Public Mode is deactivated and â
â
disappears.
Information
pYou can activate/deactivate Public Mode only from the
Stand-by display. You can activate/deactivate Public Mode
even when â
â is displayed.
pYou can make calls as usual even during Public Mode.
pIf you make an emergency call at 110/119/118, Public Mode
is released.
pWhen Public Mode and Manner Mode are activated
simultaneously, Public Mode has priority.
pYou cannot use this function during data communication.
â Relations between incoming calls during Public Mode
(Drive Mode) and respective services
Responses to Incoming
Videophone Calls
Voice Mail
Does not play back the
video guidance for
Serviceâť
Public Mode, and the
call is connected to the
Voice Mail Service
Center.
Call
Plays back the Public Does not play back the
Forwarding Mode guidance, and
video guidance for
âť
then the call is
Public Mode, and the
Service
forwarded to the
call is forwarded to the
forwarding destination. forwarding destination.
Whether the guidance If the destination does
is played back or not
not support videophone
depends on the
calls, the call is
guidance setting of Call disconnected.
Forwarding Service. If
âPlays guidanceâ is set,
plays back the Public
Mode guidance. If
âDoes not play
guidanceâ is set, does
not play back the
guidance.
Call Waiting Plays back the Public Plays back the video
Service
Mode guidance, and
guidance for Public
then the call is
Mode, and then the call
disconnected.
is disconnected.
Service
Responses to
Incoming Voice Calls
Plays back the Public
Mode guidance, and
then the call is
connected to the Voice
Mail Service Center.
65
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
pIf a âUser unsetâ call comes in while âCaller ID requestâ is
set to âActivateâ, the Caller ID Request guidance is played
back. (The Public Mode guidance is not played back.)
Voice/Videophone Calls
â When Public Mode (Drive Mode) is activated
ăťEven when a call comes in, the ring tone does not sound.
The âMissed callâ icon appears on the display and the call
is stored in âReceived callsâ. The guidance is played back
to the caller to the effect that you are currently driving or in
an area where mobile phones should not be used. Then
the call is disconnected. When a PushTalk call comes in,
no answer is made and the message âConnection failedâ
appears on the callerâs display. For the talk among three or
more members, the message to the effect that you are
driving is conveyed to them.
However, when the power is off or â
â is displayed, the
caller hears the out-of-service area guidance instead of the
Public Mode guidance.
ăťThe ring tone does not sound and the Call/Charging
indicator does not flicker even when mail or a message
comes in. In addition, the set vibrator does not work.
ăťThe ring tone for 64K data communication, alarm tone, and
charging confirmation tone do not sound, and a melody
while i-Îąppli is running is not played back.
ăťThe tickers of i-Channel are not displayed.
ăťThe Call/Charging indicator does not light for âIllum. when
foldedâ.
Service
Voice/Videophone Calls
Nuisance
Call
Blocking
Service
Caller ID
Display
Request
Service
Responses to
Incoming Voice Calls
For the call from the
phone number
registered to be
rejected, plays back the
Call Rejection
guidance, and then the
call is disconnected.
For the caller without a
caller ID, plays back
the Caller ID Request
guidance, and then the
call is disconnected.
For the caller with a
caller ID, plays back
the Public Mode
guidance, and then the
call is disconnected.
Responses to Incoming
Videophone Calls
For the call from the
phone number
registered to be
rejected, plays back the
video guidance for Call
Rejection, and then the
call is disconnected.
For the caller without a
caller ID, plays back
the video guidance for
Caller ID Request, and
then the call is
disconnected.
For the caller with a
caller ID, plays back
the video guidance for
Public Mode, and then
the call is
disconnected.
âť When the ring time is set to 0 seconds, the FOMA phone is
out of the service area, or the power is off, the Public Mode
guidance is not played back, but Voice Mail Service or Call
Forwarding Service works. Note that in this case the call is
not notified by the âMissed callâ icon and not stored in
âReceived callsâ.
< Public Mode (Power Off)>
Using Public Mode (Power Off)
Public Mode (Power Off) is an auto-answer service that
puts importance on manners in public spaces. Once
you activate Public Mode (Power Off), the guidance is
played back telling that you cannot answer the call as
you are currently in a place (hospital, airplane, around
priority seat in a train, etc.) where use is prohibited.
Then the call is disconnected.
66
Enter â:25251âd
Public Mode (Power Off) is set. (Nothing is changed on
the Stand-by display.)
After setting Public Mode (Power Off) and turning off the
power, the guidance âThe person you are calling is
currently in an area where use is prohibited. Please try
again later.â is played back for incoming calls.
pTo release Public Mode (Power Off), dial â:25250â.
pTo check the setting for Public Mode (Power Off), dial
â:25259â.
â When Public Mode (Power Off) is activated
The setting stays activated until you dial â:25250â to
deactivate Public Mode (Power Off). You cannot deactivate
the setting just by turning on the power.
The guidance is played back to the caller telling that you are
currently in a place where you should turn off the power.
Then the call is disconnected. When a PushTalk call comes
in, no answer is made and the message âConnection failedâ
appears on the callerâs display. For the talk among three or
more members, the message to the effect that you do not
participate is conveyed to them.
The Public Mode (Power Off) guidance is played back even
when you are out of the service area or out of reach of radio
waves.
â Relations between incoming calls during Public Mode
(Power Off) and respective services
Responses to Incoming
Videophone Calls
Voice Mail
Does not play back the
Service
video guidance for
Public Mode (Power
Off), and the call is
connected to the Voice
âť
Mail Service Center.
Center.
Call
Plays back the Public
Does not play back the
Forwarding Mode (Power Off)
video guidance for
Service
guidance, and then the Public Mode (Power
call is forwarded to the Off), and the call is
forwarding destination.âť forwarded to the
Whether the guidance forwarding destination.
is played back or not
If the destination does
depends on the
not support videophone
guidance setting of Call calls, the call is
Forwarding Service. If disconnected.
âPlays guidanceâ is set,
plays back the Public
Mode (Power Off)
guidance. If âDoes not
play guidanceâ is set,
does not play back the
guidance.
Nuisance For the call from the
For the call from the
Call
phone number
phone number
Blocking
registered to be
registered to be
Service
rejected, plays back the rejected, plays back the
Call Rejection
video guidance for Call
guidance, and then the Rejection, and then the
call is disconnected.
call is disconnected.
Service
Responses to
Incoming Voice Calls
Plays back the Public
Mode (Power Off)
guidance, and then the
call is connected to the
Voice Mail Service
Service
Caller ID
Display
Request
Service
Responses to Incoming
Videophone Calls
For the caller without a
caller ID, plays back
the video guidance for
Caller ID Request, and
then the call is
disconnected.
For the caller with a
caller ID, plays back
the video guidance for
Public Mode (Power
Off), and then the call is
disconnected.
âť When the ring time is set to 0 seconds, the Public Mode
(Power Off) guidance is not played back, but Voice Mail
Service or Call Forwarding Service works.
< Missed Call>
If You could not Answer an
Incoming Call
When you could not answer calls (Missed calls), the
âNotification iconâ appears on the Stand-by display.
You can check Received Calls by selecting the icon.
OoOo(
Activate Record Message
mLifeKitRec. msg/voice memo
Record message settingON or OFF
Select an answer message.
pPress l(
) to play back the answer message.
Press r to end the demo playback.
pWhen âJapanese 1â, âJapanese 2â, or âEnglishâ is set, a
beep sounds after playing back the answer message to
the other party. If âVoice announceâ is set, the beep
does not sound.
Enter a ring time (seconds).
pEnter from â000â through â120â in three digits.
pYou cannot set the same ring time for Remote
Monitoring, Auto Answer Setting and Record Message
Setting. Set a different time for each.
pWhile Record Message is activated, â ââźâ â (the
number of recorded messages for voice calls) and â â
âźâ â (the number of recorded messages for
videophone calls) are displayed.
Voice/Videophone Calls
Responses to
Incoming Voice Calls
For the caller without a
caller ID, plays back
the Caller ID Request
guidance, and then the
call is disconnected.
For the caller with a
caller ID, plays back
the Public Mode
(Power Off) guidance,
and then the call is
disconnected.
â Incoming calls when Record Message Setting is set to âONâ
The ring
time
elapses
Incoming Call
Playing back the
answer message
Displaying an icon on the
desktop (See page 112)
Recording a voice/
video message
Notification icon
pPress h or r to return to the former display.
pWhen multiple icons are found, use Mo to highlight an
icon and press Oo(
).
pSee page 30 for when the FOMA phone is closed.
< Record Message Setting>
+m-5-5
Recording Voice/Video Messages
when You cannot Answer the Call
By activating Record Message, you can play back an
answer message to incoming calls and record callersâ
voice/video messages when you cannot answer them
even if you have not signed up for Voice Mail Service.
You can record up to five messages for voice calls and
up to two messages for videophone calls. Each
message can be recorded for up to 20 seconds.
67
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
For videophone calls, the still image set for âPreparingâ of
âSelect imageâ is displayed on the other partyâs display while
playing back the answer message, and the still image set for
âRecord messageâ of âSelect imageâ is displayed while
recording.
pTo answer a call while the answer message is played back or
) or
a voice/video message is recorded, press Oo(
d.
) or d to send
For videophone calls, press Oo(
) to
the image through your camera, or press m(
send a substitute image.
You can answer a call also by pressing the switch on the
Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch (option). For
videophone calls, the image through your camera is sent to
the other party.
Voice/Videophone Calls
Information
pRecord Message does not work when â
â is displayed.
pWhen Public Mode (Drive Mode) and Record Message are
simultaneously activated, the former has priority and the
latter does not work.
pThe priority order of answer messages is as follows:
âSetting for Phonebook entryâ â âGroup settingâ â âRecord
message settingâ.
pIf âVoice announceâ selected as an answer message is
deleted, the answer message will be set to âJapanese 1â.
pWhen Voice Mail Service or Call Forwarding Service is set
at the same time as Record Message, the priority depends
on the ring time set for Voice Mail Service or Call
Forwarding Service. To give Record Message priority, set
the ring time for Record Message Setting shorter than that
for Voice Mail Service or Call Forwarding Service. Even
when you do this, Voice Mail Service or Call Forwarding
Service will work if there are already five record messages
for voice calls and two record messages for videophone
calls.
pYou cannot receive a call from a third party while a voice/
video message is being recorded. The third party will hear
the busy tone.
< Quick Record Message>
Recording Voice/Video
Messages when You cannot
Answer the Call during Ringing
Even if a call comes in while Record Message is not
activated, you can record the callerâs voice/video
message just for that incoming call.
During ringingl(
) or >
Manner Mode is also activated.
The caller will hear the answer message and then can
leave you a voice/video message.
pRecord Message does not work when five messages for
voice calls and two messages for videophone calls have
already been recorded or when a PushTalk call comes
in. Only Manner Mode is set when you operate by
pressing >.
pWhen âSide keys guardâ is set to âONâ, you cannot
activate Record Message by pressing > with the
FOMA phone closed.
+m-5-5
< Play/Erase Messages>
< Play/Erase Videophone Messages>
Playing Back/Erasing Record
Messages/a Voice Memo/Videophone
Record Messages/Movie Memos
Play Back/Erase Record Messages/
a Voice Memo
mLifeKitRec. msg/voice memo
Play/Erase msg.
Select a record message or voice memo.
A beep sounds and playback
starts.
pOn the Record Message List,
recorded items are indicated by
Record Message List
ââ
â.
pIt is played back at the volume set for âVolumeâ
(earpiece volume).
pWhen playback ends, a double-beep sounds and the
message âPlayingâ is cleared from the display.
pThe date and time the message/memo was recorded
are displayed during playback. When a callerâs phone
number is provided, it is displayed. If the caller is stored
in the Phonebook, his/her name is also displayed.
However, the name is not displayed and the phone
number only is displayed in the following cases:
ăťWhen you play back a record message from the caller
stored as secret data in Normal Mode
ăťWhen you play back a record message for Number A
in B Mode (or vice versa) while using 2in1
pIf the callerâs phone number is displayed during
playback, you can make a voice call to that phone
number by pressing d. Press l(
) to make
a videophone call and press p to make a PushTalk
call.
â To play back using >
From the Stand-by display, press > to play back the latest
record message. When record messages are not recorded,
a voice memo is played back.
â To skip to next message
Each time you press > during playback, messages are
played back in the following order: the next new record
message â the oldest record message â a voice memo.
â To cancel playback midway
Press Oo(
) or r.
68
Play Back/Erase Videophone Record
Messages/Movie Memos
mLifeKitRec. msg/voice memo
Play/Erase VP msg.Select a videophone
record message or movie memo.
Using Chara-den
You can send a Chara-den image instead of the image
through your camera.
pSee page 288 for Chara-den images.
You can set a Chara-den image to be sent to the other
party for making a videophone call.
are indicated by ââ
â.
pIt is played back at the same
volume of the playback sound of
Videophone Record
i-motion movies.
Message List
pThe date and time the message/
memo was recorded are displayed during playback.
Enter the destination phone number and press
l(
) to make a videophone call.
pWhen the other partyâs phone number is stored in the
Phonebook, you can retrieve it selecting from the
Search Phonebook display by pressing Bo.
pYou can search for the phone number also from
Received Calls by pressing Co or from Redial by
pressing Vo.
â To play back using >
From the Stand-by display, press and hold > for at least
one second to play back the latest videophone record
message. When videophone record messages are not
recorded, the latest movie memo is played back.
â To cancel playback midway
Press Oo(
) or r.
Function Menu of the Record Message List/
Videophone Record Message List
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Play
You can play back a message.
Erase this
YES
pYou can erase a message/memo also by
pressing i(
) during playback.
Erase rec.
msg.
You can erase all record messages from the
Record Message List, and can erase all
videophone record messages from the
Videophone Record Message List.
YES
Erase movie You can erase all movie memos.
memo
YES
[Videophone
Record Message
List only]
Erase all
You can erase all record messages and a
voice memo from the Record Message List,
and can erase all videophone record
messages and movie memos from the
Videophone Record Message List.
YES
Chara-den display/Chara-den List
l(
Voice/Videophone Calls
Set by Call
pOn the Videophone Record
Message List, recorded items
Information
pThe priority order of substitute images to be sent to the
other party is as follows: âSetting by callâ â âSetting for
Phonebook entryâ ââGroup settingâ â âSelect imageâ.
Substitute Image
You can set a Chara-den image for âSubstitute imageâ
of âSelect imageâ.
Chara-den display/Chara-den List/Chara-den
Recording displayi(
Substitute image
pFrom the Chara-den List, you can set it also by pressing
m(
).
Chara-den Setup
You can perform settings for a Chara-den call. These
settings are effective only for during a videophone call.
During a Chara-den calli(
Chara-den setup
Do the following operations.
Item
Operation/Explanation
Switch
Chara-den
Select a Chara-den image.
pIf you switch Chara-den images, the action
mode switches to Whole Action Mode.
Action list
You can display the list for actions that you
can operate.
pHighlight an action and press Oo(
to execute the action. Press l(
) to
check the details of the action.
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
pYou can display the Action List also by
pressing a.
69
Voice/Videophone Calls
Item
Operation/Explanation
Switch Image Display Positions
Change action You can switch the action mode between
At videophone Whole Action Mode (
) and Parts Action
start-up
Mode ( ).
Whole Action pYou can switch modes also by pressing
Mode
l.
You can switch the display locations of the receiving
image and the sending image.
During a videophone call, pressc(
).
SW substitute You can switch a substitute image to be sent
img.
to the other party to the still image set for
âPre-installedâ of âSelect imageâ.
SW org.
subst. img.
You can switch a substitute image to be sent
to the other party to the still image set for
âOriginalâ of âSelect imageâ.
Useful Functions for
Videophone Calls
+c
Switching Cameras
At videophone start-up
Inside camera
You can switch images to be sent to the other party
from through the inside camera to through the outside
camera.
During a videophone calll(
pPress l(
) again to switch to the image through
your inside camera.
pThe setting here is effective only for the current
videophone call.
You can switch images to be sent to the other party
from the image through your camera to the still image
or Chara-den image set as the substitute image.
See page 288 for Chara-den.
During a videophone callm(
pEach time you press c(
The substitute image is sent to the other party.
â â is displayed while the still substitute image is being
sent, and â â is displayed if you have set a Chara-den
image as a substitute image (during a Chara-den call).
pPress m(
) again to switch from the substitute
image to the image through your camera.
Information
pThe priority order of substitute images to be sent to the
other party is as follows: âSetting by callâ â âSetting for
Phonebook entryâ â âGroup settingâ â âSelect imageâ.
Note that âSetting for Phonebook entryâ and âGroup settingâ
are disabled when a videophone call comes in without
notifying the caller ID.
pEven when you make a videophone call sending a substitute
image, you are charged for the digital communication.
At videophone start-up
Wide
You can adjust the magnification for the camera image
to be sent to the other party. During a videophone call,
the maximum magnification is about 3.3 times for the
inside camera and about 5.5 times for the outside
camera.
a videophone callUse No to
1 During
adjust the magnification.
pThe former zoom setting returns when the videophone
call ends.
Function Menu during Videophone Call
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
CHG to voice See page 52.
call
Photo light
At videophone
start-up
OFF
Talk on BT/
Phone
70
), the displays switch.
Zoom
Send Substitute Images
+c
You can turn on the photo light when sending
the image through the outside camera to the
other party.
ON or OFF
You can set whether to communicate through
the FOMA phone or a Bluetooth device.
(See page 352)
Function menu
Send DTMF
tone/
DTMF tone
OFF
< Hands-free with Videophone>
Setting Videophone Hands-free
You can set whether to switch to Hands-free
automatically for when a videophone call starts.
pSee page 60 for the operation while Hands-free is
activated and how to switch to Hands-free.
< Visual Preference>
Setting Image Quality for
Videophone Calls
You can set the quality of both the receiving image and
sending image on the display.
V.phone settings You can adjust the colors of the camera
(White balance) image to be sent to the other party, to make
At videophone the colors look more natural.
start-up
White balanceSelect an item.
Automatic
Fine weather. . . . . . For talking outdoors in
fine weather
Cloudy weather . . . For talking in cloudy
weather or in the shade
Automatic . . . . . . . . For adjusting white
balance automatically
Light bulb . . . . . . . . For talking under
incandescent light
V.phone settings You can switch the color tone of the camera
(Color mode set) image to be sent to the other party.
At videophone Color mode setSelect a color tone.
start-up
Normal
V.phone settings You can lengthen the cameraâs exposure time
(Night mode) to make the camera image to be sent clear in
At videophone a dark place.
start-up
Night modeON or OFF
OFF
mSettingsVideophone
Visual preferenceSelect an image quality.
pâPrefer motion spdâ is effective for moving images.
When there is little motion, the quality becomes better if
you set to âPrefer img qualâ.
pIf you operate from the Function menu during a
videophone call, the setting is effective only for the
current videophone call.
Information
pIf the radio wave conditions weaken during a videophone
call, the image may appear like a mosaic.
< Select Image>
Changing Image Displays for
Videophone Calls
You can set an image to be sent to the other party
instead of the camera image.
mSettingsVideophoneSelect image
Select an item.
On hold . . . . Sets an image for during answer-hold
(On hold).
Holding . . . . Sets an image for while a call is on hold
(Holding).
Substitute image
. . . . . . . . . . . Sets a substitute image (still image or
Chara-den) for when a camera is off.
Record message
. . . . . . . . . . . Sets an image while recording a record
message.
Preparing. . . Sets an image for while playing back an
answer message.
Movie memo
. . . . . . . . . . . Sets an image for while recording a movie
memo.
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
V.phone settings You can set the focus for the outside camera
during a videophone call.
(Focus)
At videophone FocusClose-up or Landscape
start-up
pThe focus for the inside camera is fixed to
Landscape
âPortraitâ (suitable mode to shoot portraits),
so you cannot change the setting.
Chara-den setup See page 69.
Backlight
You can select whether to light the display
constantly or light for about 15 seconds after
an operation.
Constant light or 15 seconds light
LCD AI
See page 107.
Own number You can display your phone number.
Key guide
You can display the guide of key operation
during a videophone call.
mSettingsVideophone
Hands-free w/ V. phoneON or OFF
Voice/Videophone Calls
Operation/Explanation
During a Chara-den call, you can switch to the
DTMF Transmission Mode that enables you
to enter the data from the numeric keys and to
send DTMF (touch-tone signals). You can
operate it only during a Chara-den call.
pâSend DTMF toneâ is displayed when the mode is
not DTMF Transmission Mode and âDTMF tone
OFFâ is displayed in DTMF Transmission Mode.
pIn DTMF Transmission Mode, you cannot
operate the action of Chara-den images.
pThe DTMF tone may not be received
depending on the device of a receiving end.
V.phone settings See page 71.
(Visual
preference)
V.phone settings You can adjust the brightness of the camera
(Brightness) image to be sent to other party to -3 (dark)
At videophone through +3 (bright).
start-up
BrightnessSelect a brightness level.
71
Voice/Videophone Calls
Select an image.
Pre-installed . . .For sending a pre-installed still image to
the other party.
Original . . . . . .For sending an appropriate message
with a still image stored using âSet
displayâ.
Chara-den . . . .For sending a Chara-den image selected
by âSubstitute imageâ. (See page 69)
(Displayed only when âSubstitute imageâ
has been selected in step 1.)
pPress l(
) to play back a demo to check the
still image or Chara-den image.
pTo change the setting of âOriginalâ or âChara-denâ,
), select âChange settingâ, then select
press i(
a still image or Chara-den image. If you have selected
âOriginalâ, select a still image after selecting a folder.
See âSet displayâ for settable still images.
Information
pEven if you delete the still image selected from âOriginalâ,
that still image is displayed to the other party. To change,
set by âChange settingâ or âSet displayâ.
Information
pVoice Call Auto Redial does not work when a videophone
call cannot be connected such as when the line is busy or
the other partyâs phone is in Public Mode (Drive Mode).
However, Voice Call Auto Redial works when you make a
videophone call to a phone that does not support the
videophone function.
< Notify Switchable Mode>
Setting for Switching between a
Voice Call and a Videophone Call
You can let the other party know that your FOMA phone
can switch between a voice call and videophone call.
This function is set to âIndication ONâ at the time of
contract. When âNotify switchable modeâ is set to
âIndication ONâ, the caller can switch between the
videophone call and voice call.
pYou cannot operate âNotify switchable modeâ when you are
out of the service area or radio waves do not reach, or during
a call.
Set by Call
You can set an image to be sent to the other party for
making a videophone call.
Enter a phone number
or
bring up the detailed display of a
Phonebook entry, redial item, dialed call
record, or received call record.
i(
)Select image
Me or Chara-den
pThe setting is completed when you select âMeâ.
pTo cancel the setting by call, select âReleaseâ. The
setting is completed.
Select a Chara-den image.
< Voice Call Auto Redial>
Redialing as a Voice Call when a
Videophone Call cannot be Connected
If a videophone call cannot be connected, it will be
automatically redialed as a voice call.
mSettingsVideophone
Voice call auto redialON or OFF
Information
pThe charges for calls once switched to voice calls are billed
at the rates for the voice calls.
72
mSettingsVideophone
Notify switchable mode
Do the following operations.
Item
Operation/Explanation
Indication ON YESOK
Indication
OFF
YESOK
Check
indication
You can check the setting of the function.
< Videophone while Packet>
Selecting Response to Incoming
Videophone Calls during i-mode
mSettingsIncoming call
V-phone while packetSelect an item.
V-phone priority
. . .Shows the Videophone Call Receiving display. When
you answer the videophone call, packet
communication is disconnected.
Packet downld priority
. . .Rejects the videophone call and continues the
communication.
V-phone answerphone
. . .Connects the incoming videophone call to the Voice
Mail Service Center.
Call forwarding
. . .Forwards the incoming videophone call to the
forwarding destination.
Information
pIf you have not signed up for Voice Mail Service or Call
Forwarding Service, âPacket downld priorityâ works even if
you set to âV-phone answerphoneâ or âCall forwardingâ.
You can operate your FOMA phone from an external
device such as your personal computer for making or
receiving videophone calls by connecting them using
the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01 (option).
To use this function, you need to install a videophone
application program on a dedicated external device or
personal computer, and further, you need to prepare
equipment (commercial item) such as an earphone/
microphone or USB compatible web camera.
pFor operating environments for a videophone application
program and how to set or operate it, refer to the instruction
manual or other literature for an external device.
pYou can use âăăłă˘ăăŹăéťčŠąă˝ăă (DoCoMo
Videophone Software)â for the application program that
supports this function. Download it from the DoCoMo
Videophone Software web site.
(For details such as operating environment for the personal
computers, refer to the support web page.)
http://videophonesoft.nttdocomo.co.jp/ (Japanese only)
FOMA videophone
communication speed
64K or 32Kâť
Checking inside the Room
when You are Out
You can use the inside camera of the FOMA phone as a
monitoring camera to observe the remote location from
a phone that has the videophone function based on
3G-324M. While âRemote monitoringâ is set to âONâ, the
FOMA phone automatically starts Remote Monitoring
when it receives a videophone call from a phone
number stored as âOther IDâ of âRemote monitoringâ.
(The FOMA phone needs to be set to Normal Style.)
pTo release Remote Monitoring, select âSetâ, then select
âOFFâ.
âť You cannot make a videophone call at 32 kbps
communication speed.
Information
pYou cannot make a videophone call from the external
device during a voice call.
pWhen you have signed up for Call Waiting Service, an
incoming videophone call from an external device during a
voice call is recorded as a missed call in Received Calls.
The same applies for an incoming voice call, videophone
call, and 64 data communication during a videophone call
from an external device.
Other ID
Enter a phone number.
pTo change, select the stored
phone number.
pYou can store up to five phone
numbers that can enter up to 26
Other ID List
digits by using numerals, #, :, or +.
pTo return to the setting display for Remote Monitoring, press
r from the Other ID List after storing phone number.
Ring timeEnter a ring time (seconds).
SetON
Base station
FOMA
network
mSettingsVideophone
Remote monitoring
Enter your Terminal Security Code.
Voice/Videophone Calls
Connecting FOMA Phone to External
Devices to Use Videophone Function
< Remote Monitoring>
pYou can enter the time from â003â through â120â in three
digits until Remote Monitoring starts after receiving a
videophone call.
pYou cannot set the same ring time for Remote
Monitoring, Auto Answer Setting and Record Message
Setting. Set a different time for each.
pWhen receiving videophone calls from the phone numbers
stored as âOther IDâ, the FOMA phone automatically answers
to start Remote Monitoring after the ring time elapses.
pâ â is displayed while this function is set to âONâ.
pYou cannot set to âONâ in Manner Mode.
Function Menu of the Other ID List
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
You can call up a phone number in the
Phonebook, Dialed Calls, or Received Calls
to enter it.
Select an item.
Phonebook . . . . . . Call up a Phonebook
entry and select a phone
number.
Dialed calls . . . . . . Highlight a phone number
).
and press Oo(
Received calls . . . Highlight a phone number
).
and press Oo(
Delete this
YES
73
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
Look-up
address
Function menu
Voice/Videophone Calls
Delete all
Operation/Explanation
YES
Information
pIf you delete all phone numbers stored as âOther IDâ,
âRemote monitoringâ is set to âOFFâ.
Perform Remote Monitoring
Make a videophone call from a stored phone
number.
After the ring time set for âRemote monitoringâ elapses,
Remote Monitoring automatically starts.
pThe image through the receiving endâs camera appears
on the display and the sound comes out of the speaker.
pYou cannot set Voice-only Remote Monitoring.
pMake a videophone call notifying your caller ID. If the
caller ID is not notified, Remote Monitoring will not start
and the call will be handled as an ordinary incoming
videophone call.
Remote Monitoring ends when the calling
end or receiving end presses h.
â For answering a videophone call without starting
Remote Monitoring at the receiving end
Press Oo(
) or d before the FOMA phone
answers a videophone call automatically. If you press
m(
), the videophone call starts sending the
substitute image to the other party.
pWhen a remote monitoring call comes in, âSetting when
openedâ is disabled.
pIf you press h when a remote monitoring call comes in,
the call will be cut and Remote Monitoring will not start.
Information
pWhen your FOMA phone is used for the receiving end, an
image through the callerâs camera appears, and sound
comes out. (You cannot switch to a substitute image.)
pRemote Monitoring does not start during Manner Mode and
Public Mode (Drive Mode). However, it starts even during
Lock All.
pWhen Remote Monitoring is set to âONâ and a videophone
call comes in from the phone number set as âOther IDâ,
Remote Monitoring starts after the set ring time, even when
âRing timeâ, âAuto answer settingâ, or âRecord message
settingâ is set and regardless of their ring times.
pWhen Remote Monitoring is not performed, it is recorded in
Received Calls as a missed videophone call.
pIf the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch (option) is
connected when a remote monitoring call comes in, the ring
tone will sound from both the earphone and the speaker,
even when âHeadset usage settingâ is set to âHeadset onlyâ.
74
Information
pThe ring tone for Remote Monitoring sounds. (You cannot
change the ring tone for Remote Monitoring.)
The ring tone sounds at the volume set for âVideophoneâ of
âRing volumeâ, but at âLevel 2â if you have set âStepâ, âLevel
1â or below.
The flickering color is âGradationâ, and its flickering pattern
is âStandardâ, regardless of the Illumination setting.
pYou cannot put incoming remote monitoring calls on
answer-hold (On Hold).
pIf you set both Call Forwarding Service and Remote
Monitoring, and give priority to Remote Monitoring, set its
ring time shorter than that for Call Forwarding Service.
pTo use Call Forwarding Service for Remote Monitoring,
store the phone number of dialing side as âOther IDâ and set
a 3G-324M videophone as the forwarding destination.
pYou may be imposed punishment according to the law
and rule (such as the nuisance prevention ordinance) if
you use the FOMA phone to give a remarkable nuisance
and misdeed to the public.
Please be considerate of the privacy of
individuals around you when shooting and
sending photos using camera-equipped
mobile phones.
PushTalk
What is PushTalk? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
76
Making a PushTalk Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
76
Adding a Member during PushTalk Communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
77
Receiving a PushTalk Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
78
Storing in PushTalk Phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšStore in PushTalk Phonebookâş
79
Making a PushTalk Call Using PushTalk Phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
80
Deleting PushTalk Phonebook Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšDelete from PushTalk Phonebookâş
80
Making Full Use of PushTalk Phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
81
Setting PushTalk Calling/Receiving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
81
75
PushTalk
What is PushTalk?
You can communicate with multiple persons (up to five
persons including yourself); press the PushTalk key to
access the PushTalk Phonebook, select the persons
you want to talk with, and press the PushTalk key. You
are charged a PushTalk communication fee each time
you press (talk) the PushTalk key.
pFor details on PushTalk or compatible models, refer to
DoCoMo web page or âMobile Phone Userâs Guide [Network
Services]â.
â PushTalkPlusâť
This service enables you to have a PushTalk call with up to 20
persons including you. You can use the shared Phonebook on
the network, and can check the members for their status, thus
PushTalk becomes more useful.
âťYou need to subscribe separately.
pFor details such as how to operate, refer to the booklet which
is supplied at subscription.
Making a PushTalk Call
Enter the other partyâs phone numberp
When you are dialing, a
confirmation tone for starting a
PushTalk call sounds for a few
seconds, and then the same ring
tone as the voice (videophone)
call sounds.
pYou can make a group call to
multiple persons using the
PushTalk Phonebook. (See
page 79 and page 80)
When the other party answers, talk while
pressing p.
When the other party answers, a
confirmation tone for starting
communication sounds.
pâ â blinks during dialing and
lights during communication.
pWhen you get the talkerâs right,
the talkerâs right obtained tone
sounds. The other party hears
your voice only while you are
pressing p and having the
talkerâs right. When you release
p, the talkerâs right is released, and a confirmation
tone sounds.
pYou cannot get the talkerâs right and an error tone
sounds even if you press p when another member has
it.
pPress l(
) or press i(
) and select
âAdd memberâ to add a member. Go to step 1 on
page 77.
76
Press h to end the communication after
talking.
A tone to notify the disconnection of communication
sounds at the other end.
pWhen the call you made is a group call, the PushTalk
communication itself continues even if you press h,
and the icon indicating that you are not participating
appears on each memberâs display and a confirmation
tone sounds. However, when all the members exit, the
PushTalk communication itself ends.
Information
pThe talker is charged a communication fee from when he/
she presses .p and the talkerâs right obtained tone sounds.
pYou cannot make emergency calls at 110/119/118 from
PushTalk.
pThe duration you can talk per talkerâs right is limited. The
talkerâs right release notice tone sounds before the limited
time arrives, and the talkerâs right is released. In addition,
the PushTalk communication itself ends when no one gets
the talkerâs right in a certain period of time.
pJust after purchase, Hands-free is automatically activated
by âHands-free w/ PushTalkâ (See page 81). However,
Hands-free is deactivated during Manner Mode regardless
of âHands-free w/ PushTalkâ.
pThe FOMA phone works according to âSetting when foldedâ
if you close it during communication. You can set also by
) and selecting âSet. when foldedâ.
pressing +i(
(See page 63)
pWhether to notify others of your phone number when you
make PushTalk calls follows the setting for âActivateâ of
âCaller ID notificationâ (see page 47). However, when you set
âNotify caller IDâ from the Function menu for dialing, or when
âNotifyâ/âNot notifyâ is displayed in the detailed Redial/Dialed
Call/Received Call display, each of those settings will work.
pWhen you make a PushTalk call with your phone number
notified, your phone number as well as all membersâ phone
numbers are notified to all members including added
members. When you make the PushTalk call without notifying
your phone number, âUser unsetâ appears in the callerâs and
memberâs fields on the displays of all the members including
added members. Your phone number is very important
information, so take the utmost care to notify it to others.
pIf you make a PushTalk call during i-mode communication,
the i-mode communication is disconnected.
pYou cannot use PushTalk by Number B of 2in1.
â Making/Receiving a PushTalk group call
You can use the PushTalk Phonebook or Redial/Dialed Calls/
Received Calls to communicate with multiple members.
While making or receiving a PushTalk group call, the group
name and the members in the group are displayed.
Press No to confirm other members. When a call is
received with the other partyâs phone number not provided,
âUser unsetâ is displayed.
â Re-participating or participating midway in PushTalk
communication
Use Redial/Dialed Calls/Received Calls to make a PushTalk
call so long as the PushTalk communication continues
among other members.
pIf the PushTalk communication has already been finished,
your call is dialed as a new PushTalk call.
Color of the
round icon at
the upper left
Blue
State of the talkerâs rights
Calling
Green
You can get the talkerâs right.
Blinking in green You have the talkerâs right.
You can make a PushTalk call to another member
during PushTalk communication and add that member
to the communication.
You can add a person to the members by accessing the
PushTalk Phonebook, Phonebook, or Dialed Calls/
Received Calls, or by directly entering a phone number.
You can add up to five members (including yourself),
and can repeat adding up to that number.
pMembers can be added from the calling end only.
pYou can add even the members who use the PushTalk
compatible models which do not have this function.
pIf you have already made a call to four members, you cannot
add a new member though you can call up a member who
has exited the call again.
pThe added members are not stored in Redial/Dialed Calls.
During PushTalk communication
l(
)Do the following operations.
Item
View
You can call up a PushTalk Phonebook entry
PushTalk PB to make a PushTalk call. (See page 80)
) to
Instead of pressing p, press l(
call.
pPress c to switch between the PushTalk
Phonebook List and PushTalk Group List.
View
phonebook
You can call up a Phonebook entry to make a
PushTalk call.
Call up a Phonebook entryHighlight a
).
phone number and press l(
Direct input
You can enter a phone number to make a
PushTalk call.
Enter a phone numberl(
View call
records
You can call up Dialed Calls/Received Calls
to make a PushTalk call.
Dialed calls or Received calls
Select a recordSelect a phone number
l(
Blinking in yellow Another member has the talkerâs right.
Blinking in
green and red
The talkerâs right will be released
automatically in a few seconds because
it has long been retained (A release
notice tone sounds).
The state of members is shown by icons during dialing or
communicating.
(Characters other than shown below might appear.)
Icon
State of members
âť
Calling
Has participated in the PushTalk call.
âť
âť
Does not answer, has ended the
PushTalk call, out of the service area,
or the power is off.
Has activated Public Mode (Drive Mode).
âťDisplayed only for the PushTalk communication among
three or more members.
The number of times you have got the talkerâs right is the
total of the number of
and the number shown in
When 999 times are exceeded, the counting is reset to 0.
Operation/Explanation
Information
pThe caller cannot add members if he/she uses a PushTalk
compatible model which does not have this function.
pFor a member who uses a PushTalk compatible model
which does not have this function, the members added
during PushTalk communication are not shown and a
confirmation tone does not sound.
77
PushTalk
â Display while dialing/communicating
The phone number of the member
who has the talkerâs right is
displayed, and the state of the
talkerâs right is displayed in color
of the round icon at the upper left.
When the name of that member,
phone number, and image are
stored in the Phonebook, his/her
name and image are displayed.
However, when you cannot
During group
receive a memberâs information
communication
correctly, â?â is displayed.
When the FOMA phone is closed, the phone number
(name) of the member who has the talkerâs right is displayed
on the Private window.
Adding a Member during
PushTalk Communication
Receiving a PushTalk Call
When a PushTalk call comes in, âPushTalk
callâ is displayed, the ring tone sounds, and
the Call/Charging indicator flickers.
PushTalk
pâPushTalk group callâ is
displayed for an incoming group
call.
pTo reject a call, press
i(
) during ringing and
select âCall rejectionâ.
You can reject the call also by
pressing h.
Press p to answer a PushTalk call
Talk while pressing p.
pYou can answer also by
pressing d or Oo(
instead of pressing p. You can
answer also by pressing p with
the FOMA phone closed.
pWhen you get talkerâs right, the
talkerâs right obtained tone is
played back. The other party
hears your voice only while you
are pressing p and having the
talkerâs right. When you release p, the talkerâs right is
released and a confirmation tone sounds.
pYou cannot get the talkerâs right and an error tone
sounds, even if you press p when another member
has it.
pâSetting when openedâ and âRecord message settingâ
become invalid.
Press h to end the communication after
talking.
A tone for confirming the end of communication sounds at
the other end.
pWhen the call you received is a group call, the PushTalk
communication itself continues even if you press h,
and the icon indicating that you are not participating
appears on each memberâs display and a confirmation
tone sounds. However, when all the members exit, the
PushTalk communication itself ends.
Information
pThe talker is charged a communication fee from when he/
she presses .p and the talkerâs right obtained tone sounds.
pThe duration you can talk per talkerâs right is limited. The
talkerâs right release notice tone sounds before the limited
time arrives, and the talkerâs right is released. In addition,
the PushTalk communication itself ends when no one gets
the talkerâs right in a certain period of time.
78
Information
pJust after purchase, Hands-free is automatically activated
by âHands-free w/ PushTalkâ (see page 81). However,
Hands-free is deactivated during Manner Mode regardless
of âHands-free w/ PushTalkâ.
pThe FOMA phone works according to âSetting when foldedâ
if you close it during communication. You can set also by
pressing +i(
) and selecting âSet. when foldedâ.
(See page 63)
pYou cannot use âOn holdâ or âHoldingâ function for
PushTalk.
pA PushTalk call that comes in during a voice call, a
PushTalk call that comes in during Public Mode (Drive
Mode), and a voice call (when âPushTalk arrival actâ is set
to other than âAnswerâ), a videophone call, data
communication, or a PushTalk call that comes in during
PushTalk communication are recorded as missed calls in
Received Calls.
pA PushTalk call that comes in during a videophone call or
during data communication does not work and is not
recorded in Received Calls.
pAfter you finish PushTalk communication or when you
cannot answer to a PushTalk call, you can use a received
call record to make a PushTalk call and to re-participate or
participate midway in the communication so long as the
PushTalk communication continues among other members.
If the PushTalk communication among other members has
already been finished, your call is dialed as a new PushTalk
call.
pWhen a caller adds members during PushTalk
communication, the added members are not stored in
Received Calls.
pSee page 82 for how to respond to the PushTalk call during
i-mode communication.
pWhen the caller is defined as the one to be rejected, the call
is rejected. The setting of call rejection applies to the setting
for both voice calls and videophone calls.
pWhen a PushTalk call comes in during Lock All or Omakase
Lock, â
â appears after the lock is released.
< Store in PushTalk Phonebook>
Storing in PushTalk Phonebook
From the items stored in a FOMA phoneâs Phonebook
entry, you need to store a name (reading) and a phone
number in the PushTalk Phonebook. You can store up
to 1,000 entries in the PushTalk Phonebook.
pYou can store also by selecting
.
pIf you store multiple phone
numbers from a Phonebook
PushTalk
entry, the phone number
Phonebook List
previously stored in the
PushTalk Phonebook is overwritten.
Item
View
phonebook
Direct input
View call
records
You can store PushTalk Phonebook entries in groups.
You can store up to 19 members per group and create
up to 10 groups.
PushTalk Phonebook Listc(
pPress c(
) to show the
PushTalk Phonebook List.
PushTalk Group List
Select a groupm(
Put a check mark for members to be stored
l(
Operation/Explanation
You can access an entry already stored in the
FOMA phoneâs Phonebook and store it in the
PushTalk Phonebook.
Call up a Phonebook entry
Select a phone numberYES
You can store the entry in the PushTalk
Phonebook after storing it in the FOMA
phoneâs Phonebook.
PhoneSelect a storing method.
New . . . Go to step 2 on page 84.
Add . . . Go to step 3 of âStoring Displayed
Phone Number/Mail Address in
Phonebookâ on page 88.
pWhen multiple phone numbers are stored in
) and
a Phonebook entry, press l(
select the phone number you want to store
in the PushTalk Phonebook. The ââ
â mark
is added to the phone number that has
already been stored in the PushTalk
Phonebook.
Group Member List
Group Member
Selection display
pYou can store also by selecting
from the Group Member List.
Function Menu of the Group Member Selection Display
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Members to
store
You can display only members applied with a
check mark.
pPress Oo(
) to store the members to
the group.
Search
Select a search method.
Reading?. . . See page 89.
Group? . . . . See page 89.
Select a member.
You can display the Group Member Selection
display with the searched members selected.
You can access a dialed call record or
received call record to store it in the PushTalk
Phonebook. You cannot store in the PushTalk
Phonebook from the dialed/received call
record of the party who is not stored in the
FOMA phoneâs Phonebook.
Dialed calls or Received calls
Select a recordSelect a phone number
YES
Information
pIn the PushTalk Phonebook, you cannot store the
Phonebook entries set to B by Phonebook 2in1 Setting.
79
PushTalk
pm(
Do the following operations.
Store in Group
Making a PushTalk Call Using
PushTalk Phonebook
You can make a group call to up to four members using
the PushTalk Phonebook or PushTalk group.
PushTalk
PushTalk Phonebook List
Put a check mark for members you want
to make a call top or l(
pPress c(
) to show the
PushTalk Group List.
pWhen you do not check any
members, the call is made to the
PushTalk Phonebook List
highlighted member.
< Delete from PushTalk Phonebook>
Deleting PushTalk Phonebook
Entries
1 PushTalk Phonebook List
i(
DEL from P-Talk PB
Do the following operations.
Item
Delete this
Make a Call from PushTalk Group
PushTalk Group ListSelect a group.
pSelect a group and press p or
l(
) to make a call to all
the members in the group.
pPress c(
) to show the
PushTalk Phonebook List.
Operation/Explanation
Select a deleting method.
DEL from P-Talk PB
. . . Deletes an entry in the PushTalk
Phonebook only. Does not delete the
entry in the FOMA phoneâs Phonebook.
DEL from all PBs
. . . Deletes an entry in both the PushTalk
Phonebook and FOMA phoneâs
Phonebook.
YES
Delete all
PushTalk Group List
Put a check mark for members you want to
make a call top or l(
pWhen you do not check any
members, the call is made to the
highlighted member.
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
pThe FOMA phoneâs Phonebook entries are
not deleted.
Delete from PushTalk Group
PushTalk Group Listi(
DEL from PT groupYES
Delete Group Members
Group Member List
Information
pWhen five or more members are stored in a group, you
cannot make a call to all the members by selecting the
group.
Group Member Listi(
DEL group members
Do the following operations.
Item
Operation/Explanation
Delete this
YES
Delete all
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
Information
pEven when you delete PushTalk groups or group members,
the PushTalk Phonebook entries and FOMA phoneâs
Phonebook entries are not deleted.
80
Making Full Use of PushTalk
Phonebook
Function Menu of the PushTalk Phonebook List/
PushTalk Group List/Group Member List
Function menu
When the PushTalk Phonebook List or Group
Member List is displayed, you can display the
checked members only.
pPress p or Oo(
) to make a
PushTalk call.
pPress i(
) to select âNotify caller
IDâ and then you can select whether to
notify your phone number. When âCancel
prefixâ is selected, the FOMA phone works
according to the setting by âCaller ID
notificationâ.
Search
Select a search method.
PushTalk PB Reading? . . See page 89.
[Phonebook
Group? . . . . See page 89.
List only]
Select a member.
You can display the PushTalk Phonebook List
with the searched members selected.
Store in
P-Talk PB
[Phonebook
List only]
See page 79.
DEL from
P-Talk PB
[Phonebook
List only]
See page 80.
Edit group
members
[Group List/
Member List]
You can edit the members in the group.
Go to step 2 on page 79.
Edit group
Enter a group name.
pYou can enter up to 16 full-pitch/32
name
[Group List only] half-pitch characters.
DEL from PT See page 80.
group
[Group List only]
DEL group
See page 80.
members
[Member List only]
See page 81.
Ring time
setting
See page 81.
Hands-Free
See page 81.
See page 63.
i-mode arrival See page 82.
act
P-Talk arrival See page 81.
act
Network
connection
You can connect to the network to use
PushTalkPlus. This is available only when
you have singed up for PushTalkPlus.
(See page 76)
Setting PushTalk Calling/Receiving
mSettingsPushTalk
Do the following operations.
Item
Operation/Explanation
Auto answer
setting
Select an item.
ON . . . . Automatically answers immediately
after receiving regardless of âRing
time settingâ.
OFF . . . Does not answer automatically.
Ring time
setting
Enter a ring time (seconds).
pEnter two digits from â01â through â60â.
pâDisconnectedâ is displayed at the other end
after the ring time has elapsed.
Hands-free w/ You can set whether to hear the other partyâs
PushTalk
voice from the speaker or from the earpiece
for when PushTalk communication starts.
ON or OFF
pSee page 60 for how the FOMA phone
works while Hands-free is activated and
how to switch to Hands-free during
communication.
PushTalk
arrival act
Select an item.
Voice mail
. . . Connects an incoming voice call to the
Voice Mail Service Center.
Call forwarding
. . . Forwards an incoming voice call to the
forwarding destination.
Call rejection
. . . Rejects an incoming voice call and does
not answer.
Answer
. . . Shows the Voice Call Receiving display.
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
Auto answer
set.
Set. when
folded
Operation/Explanation
PushTalk
Members to
call
Operation/Explanation
Function menu
81
PushTalk
Information
pWhen you set to âONâ, calls are automatically answered
even when the FOMA phone is closed regardless of
âSetting when foldedâ.
pWhen you set to âONâ, calls are automatically answered
after switching to Hands-free regardless of âHands-free w/
PushTalkâ.
pWhen you set to âONâ, the ring tone, vibrator, Call/Charging
indicator, and backlight do not work. Calls are not
automatically answered during Manner Mode.
pEven when âONâ is set, Hands-free is deactivated if you
open the FOMA phone after you answer a call with the
FOMA phone closed.
pIf you press -h for an incoming voice call while âAnswerâ
is set, the Call Receiving display appears after you finish the
PushTalk communication, and then you can answer the
voice call. To continue the PushTalk communication, press
) and select âCall rejectionâ, âCall forwardingâ, or
âVoice mailâ.
i-mode Arrival Act
You can set whether to show the PushTalk Call
Receiving display when a PushTalk call comes in
during i-mode communication.
ii-mode settingsi-mode arrival act
Select an item.
PushTalk preferred
. . .Ends i-mode communication and brings up the
PushTalk Call Receiving display.
i-mode preferred
. . .Rejects receiving a PushTalk call and continues
i-mode communication. The call is not recorded in
Received Calls.
82
Phonebook
Phonebooks Available for FOMA Phone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
84
Storing Phonebook Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšAdd to Phonebookâş
84
Storing Displayed Phone Number/Mail Address in Phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
87
Setting Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšGroup Settingâş
88
Dialing from Phonebooks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšSearch Phonebookâş
89
Editing Phonebook Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšEdit Phonebookâş
90
Deleting Phonebook Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšDelete Dataâş
91
Checking Number of Phonebook Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšNo. of Phonebookâş
91
Making Full Use of Phonebooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
91
Making a Call with a Few Touches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšTwo-touch Dialâş
93
Accessing Phonebook Entries by Voice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšVoice Dialâş
93
Saving (Restoring/Updating) Phonebook to Data Storage Center . . . âšData Security Serviceâş
95
83
Phonebooks Available for
FOMA Phone
50 entries
â
19 groups
â
10 groups
4 phone
numbers
1 phone
number
â
3 mail
addresses
Ă
1 mail
address
Mail address icon
â
Ă
Address
â
Ă
Location information
â
Ă
Birthday
â
Ă
â
100 images
Ă
Group
Phonebook
Phone number
Phone number icon
Basic item
Mail address
Memo
Image
Memory No.
From 000 to
999
Ring tone
â
Vibrator
â
Illumination
â
Picture
Setting item
Contents of Phonebook
UIM
1,000 entries
Name (Reading)
Chara-den
â
100
Chara-den
images
Mail ring tone
â
Mail vibrator
â
Mail illumination
â
Answer message
â
Ă
Ă
Restrictions
Ă
Illumination
Picture
Chara-den
Mail ring tone
Mail vibrator
Mail illumination
Answer message
â: Can be stored.
Ă: Cannot be stored.
pYou can set your UIM into another FOMA phone and use the
UIM Phonebook entries.
< Add to Phonebook>
Storing Phonebook Entries
You can store Phonebook entries in the FOMA phone
(Phone) or on the UIM.
Xo(for at least one second)Phone or UIM
Do the following operations.
The Edit Name display appears. Go to step 2 and enter a
name.
For the UIM
p You can press No to switch between the âBasic itemâ
tab and âSettingsâ tab on the FOMA phoneâs Phonebook.
Ă
Item
Call forwarding
Voice mail
84
â
Vibrator
For the FOMA phone
Call rejection
â
â
Ă
Restrict dialing
Call acceptance
â
Ring tone
Contents of Group
Number of entries
UIM
Name
You can use two types of Phonebook, namely the
Phonebook in the FOMA phone itself, and the
Phonebook on the UIM.
Use them fully for Phonebook management.
FOMA phone
FOMA phone
Secret code
â
Ă
Storage in Secret Mode or
Secret Data Only
â
Ă
Operation/Explanation
You can enter the name of the person or
company in kanji, hiragana, katakana,
alphabetic characters, or numerals.
Enter a name.
pFor the FOMA phone, you can enter up to
16 full-pitch/32 half-pitch characters. You
can enter pictographs and symbols as well.
pFor the UIM, you can enter up to 10 full-pitch
characters/21 half-pitch alphanumeric
characters. (Half-pitch katakana characters
cannot be entered.) When the entry contains
both full-pitch and half-pitch characters, you can
store up to 10 characters from the beginning
regardless of full-pitch or half-pitch characters.
Item
You can enter the reading in half-pitch
katakana, alphabetic characters, or numerals.
Enter a reading.
pFor the FOMA phone, you can enter up to
32 half-pitch characters. You can enter
half-pitch symbols as well.
pFor the UIM, you can enter up to 12
full-pitch characters/25 half-pitch
alphanumeric characters. (Half-pitch
katakana characters cannot be entered.)
When the entry contains both full-pitch and
half-pitch characters, you can store up to 12
characters from the beginning regardless of
full-pitch or half-pitch characters.
pIf the displayed reading is acceptable, you
do not need to edit it. However, depending
on the characters entered for names or
entering method, they are not reflected in
the reading.
pIf you enter âă (reduced size)â or âăŽ
(reduced size)â for a name, â㯠(half-pitch,
regular size)â (for the FOMA phone) and âăŻ
(regular size)â (for the UIM) are displayed in
the reading field.
In the FOMA phone, 19 groups are available.
On the UIM, 10 groups are available.
Select a group.
pWhen the storage is completed with no
group selected, the Phonebook entry is
stored in âNo settingâ.
Item
Operation/Explanation
You can store up to four phone numbers per
Phonebook entry in the FOMA phone. You
can set an icon for each phone number to
categorize mobile phone numbers, office
phone numbers, and so on.
You can store only one phone number per
Phonebook entry on the UIM.
Enter a phone number.
pEnter from the city code for the phone
numbers.
pYou can enter up to 26 digits. However, you
can enter up to 20 digits for blue UIMs.
pPress and hold a for at least one second
to insert a pause (p) into the phone number
you store. However, you cannot insert the
pause (p) to the beginning of phone number or
insert it consecutively. The pause (p) inserted
to the end of phone number is not stored.
pIf you insert â:â in the middle of a phone
number, you cannot make a call. However,
the phone number is recorded in Redial or
Dialed Calls.
pYou can store the phone number which
includes â#â such as that for information
service as well.
Phonebook
Operation/Explanation
Select an icon.
pIf you have stored a phone number in the
FOMA phone, another â
â
will appear in the Add-to-Phonebook display.
To store another phone number, select â
â.
You can store up to three mail addresses per
Phonebook entry in the FOMA phone. You
can set an icon for each mail address to
categorize mobile phone addresses, home
addresses, and so on.
You can store only one mail address per
Phonebook entry on the UIM.
Enter a mail address.
pThe mail address can consist of up to 50
half-pitch alphabets, numerals or symbol
characters.
pWhen the mail address is âphone
number@docomo.ne.jpâ, store the phone
number only.
pFor the FOMA phone, you can set a secret
code as well. (See page 93)
85
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
Select an icon.
pIf you have stored a mail address in the
FOMA phone, another â
â
will appear in the Add-to-Phonebook
display. To store another mail address,
select â
â.
Item
Operation/Explanation
Enter a ZIP code
Enter a postal address.
pYou can enter up to 7 digits for the zip code.
pYou can enter up to 50 full-pitch/100
half-pitch characters for the postal address.
Further, you can enter pictographs as well.
Item
Phonebook
pYou cannot enter âăâ or â-â (hyphen) in the
zip code.
Select an item.
By position loc.
. . . Measures the current location and store
the location information. After checking
the location information, press
Oo(
).
From loc. history
. . . Select a location information detail from
Location History and store it.
Attach from image
. . . Stores the location information from an
image. Select a folder, then the image.
pTo delete the stored location information,
select âDelete location infoâ.
pWhen you press i(
) during
measuring the current location, the
confirmation display appears asking
whether to display the result obtained so far
from the location information.
pTo cancel measuring the current location,
press r or l(
).
pPress l(
) from the confirmation
display for the location information to restart
measuring in âQuality modeâ.
Enter a birthday.
pYou can enter the birthday from January 1,
1800 through December 31, 2099.
Enter a memo.
pYou can enter up to 100 full-pitch/200
half-pitch characters. Further, you can enter
pictographs as well.
The stored still image is displayed when you
call up the Phonebook entry.
Select an item.
Select image
. . . You can store a still image in Data Box.
Shoot image
. . . You can store the shot still image.
Perform step 2 through step 3 of âShoot a
Still Imageâ on page 139.
pTo release the stored still image, select
âRelease imageâ.
pThe size of a still image you can store is
Stand-by (480 x 854) or smaller and up to
300 Kbytes in JPEG format or GIF format.
pIf you store a still image larger than 72 x 54
dots, it is displayed shrunk on the detailed
Phonebook display.
pIf you store a still image larger than 240 x
180 dots, it is displayed shrunk on the Call
Receiving display.
pWhen âDisp. PH-book imageâ is set to âONâ,
the stored still image is displayed for an
incoming call. However, when another
image is stored in the âPictureâ field, that
image is preferentially displayed for the
incoming call.
Enter a memory number.
pEnter a three-digit number of â000â through
â999â.
pThe lowest empty memory number â010â
through â999â is entered in advance.
If â010â through â999â are all occupied, the
lowest empty memory number from â000â
through â009â is entered.
86
Operation/Explanation
You can set a ring tone for when a voice call
or videophone call comes in from the person
stored in the Phonebook.
Select ring tone
Go to step 2 on page 98.
pTo release the stored ring tone, select
âRelease ring toneâ.
You can set a vibration pattern for when a
voice call or videophone call comes in from
the person stored in the Phonebook.
Select vibrator
Select a vibration pattern.
pTo release the stored vibrator, select
âRelease vibratorâ.
Item
Operation/Explanation
You can set an illumination color for when a
voice call or videophone call comes in from
the person stored in the Phonebook.
Select illuminationSelect a color.
pTo release the stored illumination, select
âRelease illuminationâ.
The stored Chara-den image is displayed as a
substitute image for videophone calls with the
person stored in the Phonebook.
Select Chara-den
Select a Chara-den image.
pTo release the stored Chara-den image,
select âRelease Chara-denâ.
You can set a ring tone for when a mail
message comes in from the person stored in
the Phonebook.
Select ring tone
Go to step 2 on page 98.
pTo release the stored mail ring tone, select
âRelease ring toneâ.
You can set a vibration pattern for when a
mail message comes in from the person
stored in the Phonebook.
Select vibrator
Select a vibration pattern.
pTo release the stored mail vibrator, select
âRelease vibratorâ.
You can set an illumination color for when a
mail message comes in from the person
stored in the Phonebook.
Select illuminationSelect a color.
pTo release the stored mail illumination,
select âRelease illuminationâ.
You can set an answer message for Record
Message by Phonebook entry.
Select answer message
Select an answer message.
pTo release the stored answer message,
select âRelease answer messageâ.
Press l(
).
Storing Displayed Phone Number/
Mail Address in Phonebook
You can store the displayed or selected phone number,
mail address, and still image in the FOMA phoneâs or
UIMâs Phonebook.
Operation
Storable items
While a phone number is entered
Phone number
While a redial item, dialed call record, or
received call record is displayed
Phone number
While Sent Address or Received Address
is displayed
Phone number/
Mail address
While a site or screen memo is displayed
Phone number/
Mail address
While the text of Message R/F or mail is
displayed
Phone number/
Mail address
While the data scanned by Bar Code
Reader or Text Reader is displayed
Phone number/
Mail address
While a ToruCa file is displayed
Phone number/
Mail address
While your current location or location
history is displayed
Location
information
While a registered LCS client is displayed
Name/
Phone number
While the Still Image List or a still image is
displayed
Still image
87
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
pIf you have not entered any name, â
â is not
displayed and you cannot store the entry.
Phonebook
You can set an image to be displayed for
when a call comes in from the person stored
in the Phonebook.
Select pictureSelect a type of image
Select a folderSelect an image.
pTo release the stored image, select
âRelease pictureâ.
â The Phonebook entries while editing
When the low battery alarm sounds
The Phonebook entry you are editing is saved automatically.
The confirmation display appears asking whether to resume
editing when you continue editing after charging the battery
or when you operate step 1 on page 84 and select the
storage location for the interrupted Phonebook entry after
changing to a charged battery.
Recall . . . You can resume editing the Phonebook entry.
New. . . . . You can edit a new Phonebook entry. In this case,
the interrupted data is retained. If you execute
âAdd to phonebookâ after storing the new
Phonebook entry, the confirmation display
appears again.
pOnly the most recently interrupted entry is retained.
pIf you resume editing the data but then cancel editing
without storing it, that data will be abandoned. Once you
recall the data, be sure to store it.
If you receive a call or mail
You can respond it leaving the edited data as it is, thanks to
the Multitask function.
To return to the Phonebook Edit display, press and hold
x for at least one second to switch the menu. You can
return to the Phonebook Edit display also by ending the call
or mail function.
1
Bring up/Select an item to be stored
i(
)Add to phonebook
Phonebook
pTo store the address of the sender (or of another
recipient of simultaneous mail) of the received mail or
the destination address of the sent mail into the
Phonebook, select âStore addressâ.
When the addresses of the sender and another
recipient of simultaneous mail are found or the multiple
destination addresses are found, the display for
selecting an address appears. Use Bo to select the
mail address or phone number you want to store.
pTo store the results scanned by Text Reader in a
Phonebook entry, select âStore phone No.â or âStore
mail add.â.
pTo store a still image in the Phonebook, select
âPhonebookâ from âSet displayâ.
pWhen âAdd to phonebookâ is displayed on the Scanned
Code Result display for Bar Code Reader, select âAdd
to phonebookâ; then other information in the scanned
code than the phone number or mail address is entered
into each field.
Phone or UIMSelect a storing method.
Select a search method
Search the Phonebook
Select a Phonebook entry to be stored
Oo(
88
pYou may not be able to store the information from some
sites into the Phonebook.
< Group Setting>
Setting Groups
You can sort Phonebook entries into groups such as
âCompanyâ, âFriendâ etc. according to your
relationship, or âBaseballâ, âCeramic artâ etc.
according to your interest. You can use the sorted
Phonebook entries as separate Phonebooks for easy
access to the entry you want to search for. You can set
a ring tone, vibration pattern, or illumination by group.
mPhonebookGroup setting
Highlight a group and press l(
Select an item to be setSet the contents.
New . . Go to step 2 on page 84.
Add. . . Adds data to the existing Phonebook entry. When
storing data on the UIM, âOverwriteâ is displayed.
The phone number or mail address is entered
automatically.
pSee step 2 on page 84 to edit other items in the
Phonebook entry.
pWhen you store into the FOMA phoneâs Phonebook,
you can remain the original entry and store a new entry
into a different location by changing the memory
number.
Information
pThe Phonebook entry does not store the information of
âNotify caller IDâ included in Redial/Dialed Calls. To set
Caller ID Notification, add â186â/â184â to the phone number
and store it.
pCharacters that cannot be stored may be replaced by
spaces or deleted, and then stored.
l(
)YES
pIf you store the entry in the UIM Phonebook, select
âOverwriteâ to overwrite the original entry, or select
âAddâ to store it as a new entry.
pThe groups on the UIM are indicated by â
â.
pTo reset the group names and respective settings by
group, which have already been stored, press
i(
), select âReset groupâ, and then select
âYESâ.
pWhen you select â
Group nameâ, enter a group
name. You can store up to 10 full-pitch/21 half-pitch
characters. However, you can store only up to 10
characters (regardless of full-pitch or half-pitch
characters) when you enter both full-pitch and half-pitch
characters for a UIM group name.
pSee step 2 on page 84 for the operations of the other
items. However, you cannot set for groups on the UIM.
pSelect a stored group, or press i(
) and select
âCheck settingâ to check its settings. However, you
cannot check the settings of the groups on the UIM.
Press l(
).
Item
< Search Phonebook>
Dialing from Phonebooks
You can retrieve stored Phonebook entries by eight
search methods.
XoDo the following operations.
Item
Mail address? You can enter a part of the other partyâs mail
address and search. You can search for the
entry even from the middle of mail address.
Enter a part of the mail addressBo
2-touch dial? You can bring up the list of Phonebook entries
[FOMA phone in memory number 000 through 009.
only]
pPhonebook entries not yet stored or being
set with secret are displayed as <âââ>.
Search Phonebook
display
Operation/Explanation
All?
You can bring up all Phonebook entries.
pThe tabs appear on the top of the
Phonebook List. (See page 90)
Reading?
You can enter the reading of the other partyâs
name from the first character and search. You
do not need to enter the full reading.
Enter a part of the readingBo
pThe tabs appear on the top of the
Phonebook List. (See page 90)
Group?
You can bring up Phonebook entries stored in
the specified group.
Select a group.
pThe tabs appear on the top of the
Phonebook List. (See page 90)
pIf you press i(
) on the Group List, the
Function menu for âGroup settingâ is displayed.
Memory No.? You can search for the entry by the memory
[FOMA phone number assigned when it was stored in the
only]
Phonebook.
Enter the memory number.
pEnter from â000â through â999â in three digits.
pThe tabs appear on the top of the
Phonebook List. (See page 90)
pFrom the Stand-by display, you can press
d and then press Bo to display the
Memory No. Dial display. From there you
can make a voice call by entering the
memory number of the phone number.
You can enter the other partyâs name from the
first character and search. You do not need to
enter the full name.
Enter a part of the nameBo
Phone
number?
You can enter a part of the other partyâs phone
number and search. You can search for the
entry even from the middle of phone number.
Enter a part of the phone numberBo
pYou can display the Phonebook List also by
entering a part of the phone number from
the Stand-by display or the âTalkingâ
display, and pressing Bo.
Select an entryd or Oo(
pWhen the entry contains multiple phone numbers, or
when you searched by âMail address?â, press Mo from
the detailed display to select a phone number.
pYou can make a videophone call by pressing
l(
) or PushTalk call by pressing p.
Information
pIn a search method other than âGroup?â and â2-touch dial?â,
enter nothing and press +Bo; then you can search all
through the Phonebook.
pWhen no Phonebook entry is found that matches the
condition you entered by âReading?â or âMemory No.?â, the
entry that is the closest to the condition is displayed.
â Search order
The Phonebook entries are searched in the order of
readings you entered for storing, as follows:
âSpace at the beginning of the readingâ â âJapanese
syllabary (ă˘ăă¤ăăŚăă¨ăăŞă... ăł)â â âAlphabet (A, a,
B, b, ...Z, z)â â âNumerals (0 through 9)â â âSymbolsâ â
âNo readingâ.
For âAll?â and âReading?â, searching is done in the following
order:
âJapanese syllabary (ă˘ăă¤ăăŚăă¨ăăŞă... ăł)â â
âAlphabet (A, a, B, b, ...Z, z)â â âSpace at the beginning of
the readingâ â âNumerals (0 through 9)â â âSymbolsâ â
âNo readingâ.
âťThe Memory No. Search searches in the order of the
memory numbers.
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
Name?
Phonebook
pThe display for the same search
method as the previous one
appears once you have carried
out a search. Press r to
show the Search Phonebook
display.
Operation/Explanation
89
Phonebook
â About Phonebook List
When you search from âAll?â,
âReading?â, âGroup?â, or âMemory
No.?â, the tabs appear on the top of
the Phonebook List. With âAll?â and
âReading?â, the entries are sorted by
Phonebook List
every column of reading, with âMemory No.?â by every 100
of the memory number, and with âGroup?â by every group.
Press No to display the Phonebook entries in the tab at left
or right. However, when there are 12 or more Phonebook
), c(
), or
entries in a tab, pressing m(
<> brings up the previous or next page.
pAfter you search by âReading?â, you can move the cursor
to the âă˘â through âăŻâ, âčąâ, and
âäťâ tab by pressing each numeric key from the List. When
you successively press the same numeric key, you can
move the cursor within the same column.
Press 5 to display the âăâ tab. Each time
you press 5, the cursor moves to the top
of âăâ âăâ and so on.
pAfter you search by âGroup?â, you can move the cursor to
the top of each column in the tab by pressing each numeric
key from the List. When you successively press the same
numeric key, you can move the cursor within the same
column.
Press 5 to move the cursor to the top of
the âăâ column. Each time you press 5,
the cursor moves to the top of âăâ âăâ and so
on.
pAfter you search by âMemory No.?â, you can move the
cursor to the â000~â to â900~â tab by pressing each
numeric key from the List.
Press 5 to move the cursor to the â500~â
tab.
pYou can make a voice call to the phone number stored for
the name highlighted on the Phonebook List, by pressing
d. Also, press l(
) to make a videophone call
and press p to make a PushTalk call. When multiple
phone numbers are stored for the name, the one stored
first will be dialed.
pâ
â appears for the Phonebook entries set to A by
Phonebook 2in1 Setting, â
â appears for the Phonebook
entries set to B, and â
â appears for the Phonebook
entries set to common data. (Only in Dual Mode)
â About the detailed display
Use No to highlight a tab, then the detailed contents are
displayed.
Group
Reading
Name
Memory No.
Still image
Notify caller ID
Detailed Phonebook
display (Item List)
pFor the Phonebook entry stored on the UIM, â â is
displayed on the memory number field.
pWhen Notify Caller ID is set to âNotify callerâ, â
â
appears, and when set to âDonât notifyâ, â
â appears.
pUnder the still image, â
â appears for the Phonebook
entries set to A by Phonebook 2in1 Setting, â
â appears
for the Phonebook entries set to B, and â
â appears for the
Phonebook entries set to common data. (Only in Dual Mode)
pWhen a Phonebook entry contains the setting for Multi
Number or Chaku-moji, the set contents are displayed in
the Item List/Phone Number display.
Item list
The first stored phone number, mail address, postal
address, birthday, and memo are displayed.
Phone number
Mail address
When you select the item, you can compose an i-mode mail
message with that mail address entered into the address field.
Personal information
When you select a postal address, memo, or still image, the
full display appears. Press Oo(
) or r to return to
the former display.
When you select the location information, the Function menu
of the location information appears. (See page 232)
Settings
When you select each item, a demo is played back.
) or r to end the demo.
Press Oo(
< Edit Phonebook>
Editing Phonebook Entries
Detailed Phonebook displaym(
Select an item to be edited
Edit the contents.
pSee step 2 on page 84 for how to edit the Phonebook
entry.
pEven if you edit the Phonebook entry in the FOMA
phone (Phone), you can remain the original contents in
the original location and store the edited contents in the
different location by changing the memory number.
90
2
l(
)YES
< No. of Phonebook>
pIf you edited the UIM Phonebook entry, select
âOverwriteâ to overwrite the original contents, or âAddâ
to save the contents as a new entry.
< Delete Data>
Checking Number of
Phonebook Entries
Deleting Phonebook Entries
Delete from the Detailed Phonebook
Display
Detailed Phonebook displayi(
Delete dataSelect an itemYES
pYou can delete an item highlighted by pressing Mo
from the detailed display or delete the Phonebook entry.
Delete from the Phonebook List
Phonebook Listi(
Delete dataDo the following operations.
Item
Operation/Explanation
Delete this
YES
Delete
selected
Put a check mark for Phonebook entries
to be deletedl(
)YES
pYou can check or uncheck all items by
) and selecting âSelect
pressing i(
all in tab/Select all/Release all in tab/
Release allâ.
pPerform the same operation as that of
âDelete allâ when you have selected all
Phonebook entries including secret ones.
Delete all in
tab
Delete all
You can delete all the Phonebook entries for
the displayed tab.
YES
You can delete all Phonebook entries
including secret entries.
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
YES
Phone
Phonebook . . . The number of Phonebook entries stored
in the FOMA phone (Phone)
Secret . . . . . . . The number of Phonebook entries stored
as secret data during Secret Mode or
Secret Data Only
Image . . . . . . . The number of Phonebook entries in
which still images are stored
Chara-den . . . The number of Phonebook entries in
which Chara-den images are stored
PushTalk . . . . The number of Phonebook entries stored
in the PushTalk Phonebook
Voice dial . . . . The number of Phonebook entries set as
voice dial entries
Rest . . . . . . . .
: The number of phone numbers that
can still be stored
: The number of mail addresses that
can still be stored
UIM
Phonebook . . . The number of Phonebook entries stored
on the UIM
Phonebook
mPhonebookNo. of phonebook
Information
pWhile you are using 2in1, the number of displayable
Phonebook entries for each mode is displayed. (See page 375)
Making Full Use of Phonebooks
Function Menu of the Phonebook List
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
New
You can store a new Phonebook entry.
Go to step 1 on page 84.
Sort
You can change the display order.
Select a type of order.
pYou can sort Phonebook entries in reverse
order by selecting âAscendingâ or âDescendingâ.
pYou cannot sort on the Phonebook List with
tabs displayed.
Information
pWhen you delete a Phonebook entry that is stored in the
PushTalk Phonebook, the PushTalk Phonebook entry is
also deleted.
Attach to mail You can send i-mode mail with the
Phonebook entry attached.
Go to step 2 on page 172.
Send Ir data See page 305.
(Send phonebook)
Send Ir data
(Send all
phonebook)
See page 305.
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
See page 306.
transmission
(Send phonebook)
91
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
See page 307.
transmission
(Send all
phonebook)
Phonebook
Send to
Bluetooth
(Send
phonebook)
Send to
Bluetooth
(Send all
phonebook)
Function menu
Intâl dial assist See page 58.
2in1 dial
You can send the Phonebook entry using
Bluetooth.
Send phonebook
Select a Bluetooth device to be sent
YES
pWhen no Bluetooth devices are registered,
the confirmation display appears asking
whether to search.
pSee page 350 for registering and
connecting Bluetooth devices.
You can send all Phonebook entries using
Bluetooth.
Send all phonebook
Select a Bluetooth device to be sent
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
pWhen âSession number settingâ of âBluetooth
settingsâ is set to âONâ, enter your Terminal
Security Code and then a session number.
pWhen no Bluetooth devices are registered,
the confirmation display appears asking
whether to search.
pSee page 350 for registering and
connecting Bluetooth devices.
Operation/Explanation
You can select a phone number to be notified
to the other party in Dual Mode of 2in1.
(See page 374)
Multi number You can select a phone number to be notified
to the other party. (See page 372)
Chaku-moji
See page 55.
Restrictions
See page 127.
Edit data
Go to step 1 on page 90.
Delete data
See page 91.
Store in
P-Talk PB
You can store the phone number in the
PushTalk Phonebook.
Add desktop See page 114.
icon
Compose
message
You can compose i-mode mail to send to the
mail address.
Go to step 3 on page 172.
Compose SMS You can compose an SMS message to send to
the phone number set as the destination address.
Go to step 3 of âComposing SMS Messages
to Sendâ on page 206.
Attach to mail You can send i-mode mail with the
Phonebook entry attached.
Go to step 2 on page 172.
Copy to
microSD
See page 295.
Send Ir data See page 305.
(Send phonebook)
Connect to
Center
See page 95.
Send Ir data
(Send all
phonebook)
Delete data
See page 91.
See page 306.
Character size You can switch the character size for the list
between Large and Standard.
pThe setting here applies to âPhonebookâ of
âCharacter sizeâ.
transmission
(Send
phonebook)
Set secret/
You can activate/deactivate Secret for the
Release secret Phonebook entry.
pIf you select âSet secretâ in ordinary mode
(not in âSecret modeâ or âSecret data onlyâ),
enter your Terminal Security Code.
transmission
(Send all
phonebook)
Information
pYou cannot send Phonebook entries from the UIM.
pSee page 348 for the Bluetooth.
Function Menu of the Detailed Phonebook Display
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Notify caller ID See page 47.
Prefix numbers See page 59.
92
See page 305.
See page 307.
Send to Bluetooth See page 92.
(Send
phonebook)
Send to Bluetooth See page 92.
(Send all
phonebook)
Copy to
microSD
See page 295.
Connect to
Center
See page 95.
Copy name
pYou can paste the copied text to a mail
message and others.
Function menu
Operation/Explanation
Copy phone pFrom the detailed display, press Mo to
number/
highlight an item to be copied. The items in
Copy mail add./ the Function menu differ depending on the
Copy address/ highlighted items in the Phonebook entry.
Copy location pYou can paste the copied text to a mail
info/
message and others.
Copy birthday/
Copy memo
Secret code
Enter a four-digit secret codeYES
pIn the Function menu, âSecret codeâ is
indicated by ââ
â, after it is set.
pEnter a four-digit number for secret code.
You cannot set â0000â.
Character size See page 92.
Set secret/
See page 92.
Release secret
Copy to UIM/ See page 346.
Copy from
UIM
Select image See page 72.
pIf you have stored the mail address as âphone numberďź
secret code@docomo.ne.jpâ, you cannot reply to mail
messages from the party of that mail address. After
changing the mail address to âphone
number@docomo.ne.jpâ, set the secret code.
< Two-touch Dial>
Making a Call with a Few Touches
Phonebook
You need to add the recipientâs secret code
when sending i-mode mail to anyone who has
registered a secret code. Once you set the
secret code for the mail address in the
Phonebook entry, it will be added
automatically whenever you send mail to that
address.
Enter your Terminal Security Code
Set code
pFrom the detailed display, press Mo to
highlight a phone number or mail address to
be set with a secret code.
pTo check the secret code, select âCheck
codeâ.
pTo release the secret code, select âRelease
codeâ.
Information
pYou cannot set secret codes for UIM Phonebook entries.
pThe secret code can be added only when the recipientâs
mail address is in the form of âphone numberâ or âphone
number@docomo.ne.jpâ. It cannot be added to any other
form of mail address.
When the entry is stored in memory number â000â
through â009â in the FOMA phoneâs Phonebook, you
can dial the phone number just by pressing the lowest
one digit of memory number and d.
Numeric key (0 to 9)
d or Oo(
pYou can make a videophone call by pressing
l(
) or a PushTalk call by pressing p.
Information
pWhen the Phonebook entry contains multiple phone
numbers, the first phone number will be dialed.
pWhen you set âRestrict dialingâ to a Phonebook entry of
memory number 000 through 009, set it to the first phone
number in the Phonebook entry.
pWhen you store a Phonebook entry of memory number from
000 through 009 as secret data, make a call to that entry in
Secret Mode or Secret Data Only.
< Voice Dial>
Accessing Phonebook Entries
by Voice
Just vocalize the other partyâs voice dial name and then
the Phonebook entry is accessed for making a call.
Voice Dial Setting
+m-2-6
You can store up to 100 voice dial entries selecting
from among the Phonebook entries stored in the FOMA
phone (Phone).
mPhonebookPhonebook settings
Voice dial setting
93
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
pYou can edit the stored voice dial name by pressing
l(
). Go to step 3.
pTo delete the stored voice dial entry, press i(
and select âDeleteâ or âDelete allâ and then select
âYESâ.
2
Search the Phonebook
Select a Phonebook entry.
The display for search method you used last time appears.
pThe ââ
â mark is added to the Phonebook entry stored
in the Voice Dial List.
Phonebook
Enter a voice dial name.
pYou can enter up to 22 half-pitch katakana characters.
pThe reading (katakana only) of the Phonebook entry is
displayed as the voice dial name. Correct the name to
the easy-to-identify words.
Information
pThe voice dial name set by this function is effective only for
calling up a voice dial entry. For the voice guidance function,
the reading (name) stored in the Phonebook is read aloud.
pWhen multiple similar voice dial names are stored or when
the voice dial name is short, the recognition rate lowers and a
wrong voice dial entry (Phonebook entry) might be accessed.
In this case, rename the existing voice dial name and store it.
pYou cannot store âăă¤ăšăąăłăľăŻ (Boisukensaku)â and âă
ă¤ăšăťăă㤠(Boisusettei)â as a voice dial name.
Dial from Phonebook by Voice
Information
pWhen you vocalize, keep your mouth away from the
microphone about 10 cm. If your voice is too distant, it may
be difficult to recognize your voice.
pPronounce the voice dial name as clearly as possible.
pBefore and after voice production, avoid making the sounds
unrelated to the voice dial name such as clearing your
throat, clicking your tongue, noisy breathing or other noise.
pVocalize in quiet, noise-free locations.
pWhile vocalizing, do not put your fingers over the
microphone, or press or brush the keys.
To access a voice dial entry using the
Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch
You need to set âVoice earphone dialâ to âONâ and
open the FOMA phone in advance.
Press and hold the switch of the Flat-plug
Earphone/Microphone with Switch for at
least one second.
Perform the operations in step 1 and step 2
of âDial from Phonebook by Voiceâ on
page 94.
By your voice, you can access the Phonebook entry
you set in the Voice Dial List. When âRead aloud
settingsâ is set to âONâ and âVoice dialâ is checked,
the operation is guided by the voice guidance.
d(for at least one second)As soon as
the voice recognition start tone sounds,
vocalize the voice dial name.
Start vocalizing within seven seconds after the voice
recognition start tone sounds.
Once the voice is recognized as a voice dial entry, the
detected result is displayed.
pYou cannot change the volume of the voice recognition
start tone. The voice recognition start tone does not
sound during Manner Mode.
pIf you say the word âăă¤ăšć¤ç´˘ (Boisukensaku)â, â使ă
ăăăă (Guide)â starts up. Go to step 2 on page 37.
pIf you say the word âăă¤ăšč¨ĺŽ (Boisusettei)â, the
display of âVoice settingsâ appears. (See page 95)
pWhen âAuto voice dialâ is set to âONâ, the display for
Auto Voice Dial appears after the voice is recognized as
a voice dial entry. Then about two seconds later, the
FOMA phone automatically dials out.
Highlight a detected result and pressd
or Oo(
).
The first phone number in the selected Phonebook entry
is dialed.
pYou can bring up the detailed Phonebook display by
pressing l(
). Highlight a phone number and
press d or Oo(
) to make a voice call. Also,
you can make a videophone call by pressing
l(
) or a PushTalk call by pressing p.
94
pYou can make a call also by pressing the switch of the
Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch instead of
pressing d or Oo.
To access a voice dial entry using a
Bluetooth device
You can access a voice dial entry with the FOMA phone
closed as well. You need to set âVoice earphone dialâ
to âONâ in advance, and connect with the Bluetooth
device using the Headset service or Hands-free
service.
pFor using the Hands-free service, the Bluetooth device
needs to support a voice recognition function.
Press the switch of the Bluetooth device.
Access a voice dial entry following the voice
guidance.
pPress and hold the switch of the Bluetooth device or <
of the FOMA phone for at least one second when the
FOMA phone is closed.
pOnce the voice is recognized as a voice dial entry, the
detected result is displayed on the Private window.
pThe FOMA phone automatically dials out about two
seconds after the voice guidance to that effect finishes.
Item
Voice Settings
mSettingsOther settings
Voice settings
Do the following operations.
Item
Auto voice
dial
Operation/Explanation
You can automatically make a call to the
phone number accessed by voice.
ON or OFF
Read aloud
settings
See page 333.
Read aloud
volume
See page 333.
Read aloud
speed
See page 334.
Read aloud
output
See page 334.
Read aloud
valid set.
See page 334.
< Data Security Service>
Saving (Restoring/Updating)
Phonebook to Data Storage Center
You can save the Phonebook stored in your FOMA
phone to the Data Storage Center. By accessing the
Data Storage Center, you can restore/update the
Phonebook to your FOMA phone.
Data Security Service is a pay service that is available
on a subscription basis.
pYou cannot use Data Security Service when you are out of
the service area.
pFor details on Data Security Service, refer to âMobile Phone
Userâs Guide [i-mode]â.
You can set whether to save images set for
the Phonebook entries to the Data Storage
Center.
ON or OFF
Information
pYou cannot save the UIM Phonebook.
pWhen the Phonebook entries saved to the Data Storage
Center exceeds the number of Phonebook entries storable
in the FOMA phoneâs Phonebook, the excess entries cannot
be updated.
pUp to 30 records are saved. When more than 30 records
are saved, the older records are overwritten.
pYou cannot save the images whose output from FOMA
phone is prohibited.
Auto-update
On the site of the Data Storage Center, you can set so
as to periodically update and save the Phonebook
entries in your FOMA phone to the Data Storage
Center.
pFor details, refer to âMobile Phone Userâs Guide [i-mode]â.
Information
pThe Phonebook is not automatically updated while another
function is working at the time of Auto-update.
pIf the Phonebook cannot be updated, the notification icon of
â
â (PB in Center updated) appears on the Stand-by
display. Select â
â, and the update display appears if
Auto-update is set. If Auto-update is not set, the update
display appears after you enter your Terminal Security
Code.
mLifeKitData Security Service
Do the following operations.
Item
Connect to
Center
Operation/Explanation
Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES
Sent/recv. PB You can display the records of
data list
communication such as saving the
Phonebook, mail messages, or images to the
Data Storage Center.
Select a record.
pSelect a communication completion time in
the list to switch to the detailed display.
95
Phonebook
Voice
You can access the voice dial entries by using
earphone dial the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch
(option) or Bluetooth Headset F01 (option).
ON or OFF
PB image
sending
Operation/Explanation
96
Sound/Screen/Light Settings
Sound Settings
Changing Ring Tone of FOMA Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšSelect Ring Toneâş
98
Setting Sound Effects of Ring Tone or Melody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšMelody Effectâş
99
Informing You of an Incoming Call by Vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšVibratorâş
100
Using Recorded Sound as Ring Tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšVoice Announceâş
100
Changing Calling Tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšMelody Call Settingâş
100
Setting Keypad Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšKeypad Soundâş
101
Setting Charging-start/end Tones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšCharge Soundâş
101
Sounding Alarm when a Line is Likely to be Disconnected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšQuality Alarmâş
101
Setting Ring Time for Mail and Messages R/F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšMail/Message Ring Timeâş
101
Sounding Ring Tone from Earphone Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšHeadset Usage Settingâş
101
Silencing Tones. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšManner Modeâş
102
Selecting Manner Mode Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšManner Mode Setâş
103
Screen/Light Settings
Changing Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšDisplay Settingâş
104
Displaying an Image Stored in Phonebook during Ringing . . . . âšDisplay Phonebook Imageâş
106
Setting Displays for Private Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšPrivate Windowâş
106
Displaying Arrival Information by Opening FOMA Phone. . . . . âšReceived Mail/Call at Openâş
106
Setting Lights for Display and Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšBacklightâş
107
Adjusting Quality of Display Automatically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšLCD AIâş
107
Setting Quality of Display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšImage Qualityâş
107
Setting Color Combination for Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšColor Theme Settingâş
108
Setting Display of Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšMenu Icon Settingâş
108
Using Kisekae Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšKisekae Toolâş
109
Using Feel Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšFeel Settingsâş
109
Setting Color of Call/Charging Indicator and Others. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšIlluminationâş
111
Checking Missed Calls and New Mail by Tone and Call/Charging Indicator
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšInfo Notice Settingâş
112
Using Icons on Desktop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšDesktop Iconâş
112
Changing Character Font . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšFontâş
114
Changing Character Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšCharacter Sizeâş
115
Setting Clock Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
116
97
+m-1-3
< Select Ring Tone>
Changing Ring Tone of FOMA
Phone
Sound/Screen/Light Settings
You can set ring tones by incoming type.
If you select an i-motion movie, the i-motion movie and
sound are played back for incoming calls/messages.
(Chaku-motion)
pThe ring tone is the PCM sound source, chord of 128 tones,
and ADPCM compliant.
pSee âAdd to Phonebookâ for setting a ring tone by
Phonebook entry, and see âGroup Settingâ for setting it by
group.
âť1 3D sound supported. See page 99 for 3D sound.
âť2 i-motion movie
(Note) Uppercases of Roman alphabet are used for titles,
lyricists, and composers.
The name of lyricists and composers are described
conforming to the JASRAC web page.
Whole part of long titles may not be displayed due to
restriction of the display size.
License No. T-0790001
pSelect an item and press l(
) to check the
contents actually played back or displayed.
â Ring Tone List (pre-installed)
Title
The Name of Lyricist/
Composer
Pattern 1
ăź
ăź
Pattern 2
ăź
ăź
Pattern 3
ăź
ăź
Pattern 4
ăź
ăź
Display
Pattern 5
UPâť1
ăź
YOU RAISE ME
UP
ăź
Composer:
LOVLAND ROLF
THIS LOVEâť1
THIS LOVE
Composer:
ANGELA AKI
EL COLIBRI
EL COLIBRI
Composer:
SAGRERAS JULIO S
YOU RAISE ME
LA FILLE AUX
CHEVEUXâť1
Composer:
LA FILLE AUX
DEBUSSY CLAUDE
CHEVEUX DE LIN
ACHILLE
SOMEDAY MY
PRINCE
SOMEDAY MY
PRINCE WILL
COME
POLET SHMAJA
Composer:
RIMSKIJ
POLET SHMAJA
KORSAKOVICH
NICOLAS ANDR
Composer:
CHURCHILL FRNK E
RHAPSODY ON Composer:
RHAPSODY ON A
A THEME OF
RACHMANINOFF
THEME
PAGANINI OP 43 SERGEI
JAZZâť1
ăź
ăź
3D tone1âť1
ăź
ăź
3D
tone2âť1
ăź
ăź
3D
tone3âť1
ăź
ăź
tone4âť1
3D
bubble
ăź
ăź
ăź
ăź
waterdrop
ăź
ăź
Mail 1
ăź
ăź
Mail 2
ăź
ăź
CHURAUMI
KAKUREKUMANOMI
ăź
ăź
âť2
98
mSettingsSoundSelect ring tone
Select an incoming type.
Select ring toneSelect a type of ring tone.
Select a folderSelect a ring tone.
Melody . . . . . . . . . . .Sets a melody as a ring tone.
MUSIC . . . . . . . . . . .Sets a Chaku-uta FullÂŽ music file as
a ring tone.
imotion . . . . . . . . .Sets an i-motion movie as a ring
tone. (Chaku-motion/Chaku-utaÂŽ)
Voice announce . . .Sets the sound recorded by âVoice
announce as a ring tone. The
setting is completed.
OFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sets a ring tone off. The setting is
completed.
pIf you select âMUSICâ in step 2, select âFullsong ring
toneâ or âPoint ring toneâ. (See page 327)
pSee page 162 when you select âSearch by i-modeâ.
Information
pYou can set the Call Receiving display by selecting âPhoneâ
or âVideophoneâ, and then by selecting âSelect calling
disp.â. Go to step 2 on page 105.
pYou can set the Mail Receiving display by selecting âMailâ,
âChat mailâ, âMessageRâ or âMessageFâ, and then by
selecting âSelect receiving disp.â. Go to step 2 of âSet
Stand-by Displayâ on page 104.
pThe priority order of ring tones is as follows: âRead aloud
settingsâ â âSetting for Phonebook entryâ â âGroup settingâ
â âSelect ring toneâ. When a call comes in to the additional
number, the ring tone specified by âSet as ring toneâ of
âMulti numberâ sounds.
If a call comes in to Number B while using 2in1, the priority
order of the ring tones is as follows: âRead aloud settingsâ
â âSetting for Phonebook entryâ â âGroup settingâ â
âRingtone set. for No. Bâ (see page 373).
pThe ring tone or images set at purchase might be played
back or displayed for incoming calls or messages,
depending on the combination of this function and âDisplay
settingâ.
Information
pYou can set an i-motion movie as a ring tone only if its
property for âRing toneâ is âAvailableâ. See âimotion infoâ
to check whether the i-motion movie can be set for a ring
tone.
pWhen you set an i-motion movie containing video and
sound for a mail ring tone, you can press -r or others to
stop the ring tone.
âChat mailâ â âi-mode mail/SMSâ â âMessageRâ â
âMessageFâ. If you receive the same type of mail
simultaneously, the ring tone corresponding to the mail you
have received last works.
pFor the melody downloaded from a site or attached to mail,
or the melody prohibited to attach to mail or output from the
FOMA phone, a playing part may be specified in advance.
When the play-part-specified melody is set for the ring tone,
only the specified part is played back.
< Melody Effect>
Position to
play
Operation/Explanation
Sets the play start position of the melody that
has been set for the ring tone or alarm tone.
Select an item.
Play all
. . . Plays back from the beginning of the
melody.
Play portion
. . . Plays back from the start position set for
the melody.
â 3D Sound
3D Sound is a function that creates the stereophonic sound
and the sound moving through the space, using the
stereo-speakers (or stereo-earphone set). 3D Sound
compatible i-Îąppli games, ring tones, and i-motion movies
enable you to enjoy live-like feeling of sounds.
To enjoy the powerful 3D Sound and to get the best
performance, keep the FOMA phone about 40 cm away from
you, holding it in front of you.
Note that the sound effects may be weakened if you hold the
FOMA phone to the left or right from the front or if it is too
close to or too far from you even in front of you.
Information
pStereognostic sense might differ depending on the person.
If you feel strange, switch âStereo&3DSoundâ to âOFFâ.
+m-6-4
Setting Sound Effects of Ring
Tone or Melody
You can set whether to add stereophonic sound effects
to the playback tone of melodies and i-motion movies,
ring tones, and effect tones.
mSettingsSoundMelody effect
Do the following operations.
Item
Stereo&
3DSound
Operation/Explanation
Plays back 3-dimensional sound from the
stereo-speakers.
Effective for the i-Îąppli effect tones or ring
tones.
ON or OFF
99
Sound/Screen/Light Settings
pWhen you set an i-motion movie containing video and
sound for a ring tone (Chaku-motion), it is played back
taking priority over âDisplay settingâ. However, if you set a
voice-only i-motion movie for the ring tone, the image set by
âDisplay settingâ is displayed.
pWhen you set an i-motion movie containing video and
sound for âSelect calling disp.â, the i-motion movie is played
back taking priority over this function for incoming calls.
However, if you set an i-motion movie containing only video
for âSelect calling disp.â, the ring tone selected for this
function is played back for incoming calls.
pYou cannot set an i-motion movie which contains video as a
PushTalk ring tone.
pWhen different types of mail â i-mode mail, SMS
messages, chat mail, or Messages R/F â are received at
the same time, the priority order of ring tone as follows:
Item
< Vibrator>
+m-5-4
Informing You of an Incoming
Call by Vibration
You can set the vibrator to notify you of incoming calls
and mail.
Sound/Screen/Light Settings
mSettingsIncoming callVibrator
Select an incoming type
Select a vibration pattern.
Pattern 1 . . . . . . . . Alternates between vibration on
(about 0.5 second) and off (about
0.5 second).
Pattern 2 . . . . . . . . Alternates between vibration on
(about 1 second) and off (about 1
second).
Pattern 3 . . . . . . . . Alternates between vibration on
(about 3 seconds) and off (about 1
second).
Melody linkage . . . Vibrates in time with the vibration
pattern stored in the melody.
OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . Does not vibrate.
pWhile you are selecting a pattern, the FOMA phone
vibrates by the selected pattern for confirmation.
However, it does not vibrate if you select âMelody
linkageâ.
pThe following icons are displayed on the Stand-by
display while the vibrator is set:
: Vibrates for incoming voice calls, PushTalk calls or
videophone calls.
: Vibrates for incoming mail, chat mail or Messages
R/F.
: Vibrates for incoming voice calls, PushTalk calls or
videophone calls, and vibrates for incoming mail,
chat mail or Messages R/F.
Information
pThe priority order of vibrators is as follows: âSetting for
Phonebook entryâ â âGroup settingâ â âVibratorâ.
pThe vibrator vibrates at a regular strength, regardless of the
ring volume level.
pEven when âMelody linkageâ is set, the FOMA phone
vibrates with âPattern 2â if an i-motion movie or melody with
no vibration pattern is set for the ring tone.
pBe careful not to leave the FOMA phone on a desk or
similar places with the vibrator activated; when a call comes
in, the FOMA phone might move and fall by vibration.
100
< Voice Announce>
+m-5-5
Using Recorded Sound as Ring
Tone
You can set the sound you recorded with the FOMA
phone for a ring tone (including a ring tone for Number
B of 2in1), On hold tone/Holding tone, alarm for
âAlarmâ, âScheduleâ, âToDoâ, and âBook programâ,
and an answer message for Record Message.
You can record only one item for about 15 seconds.
mLifeKitRec.msg/voice memo
Voice announceRecord
pTo suspend recording midway, press Oo(
),
h, or r. The contents recorded to that point are
saved.
pThe tone beeps about 5 seconds before the recording
time (for about 15 seconds) ends.
When recording ends, the tone beeps twice, and the
former display returns.
pThe recording is suspended when a call comes in, when
an alarm for âAlarmâ, âScheduleâ, âToDoâ, âBook
programâ, or âTimer recordingâ sounds, or when you
switch displays using Multitask during recording. (The
contents recorded to that point are saved.)
pTo play back the recorded sound, select âPlayâ. To
), h,
suspend playback midway, press Oo(
or r.
pTo erase the recorded sound, select âEraseâ, then
select âYESâ.
< Melody Call Setting>
Changing Calling Tone
Melody Call is a service that changes the ringing tone
phone callers hear, to a melody you like.
For details, refer to âMobile Phone Userâs Guide
[Network Services]â.
pMelody call is a pay service which is available on a
subscription basis.
mSettingsMelody Call settingYES
Follow the instructions on the display.
Information
pMelody Call is not available for incoming videophone calls
and PushTalk calls.
pWhen you select âYESâ from the confirmation display asking
whether to connect to the site, the line is connected to the
i-mode site. You are not charged a packet communication
fee for connecting to the site for settings, however, you are
charged for connecting to the IP site, i-mode menu site, and
free melody corner.
< Keypad Sound>
+m-3-0
Setting Keypad Sound
mSettingsSoundKeypad sound
ON or OFF
Information
pThe sound volume for keypad sound cannot be changed.
pIf you set this function to âOFFâ, the battery level tone (see
page 44) and respective warning tones do not sound.
< Mail/Message Ring Time>
Setting Ring Time for Mail and
Messages R/F
You can set the duration of the ring tone which sounds
for incoming i-mode mail, SMS messages, Chat mail
and Messages R/F.
pThe keypad does not make a sound when you press .<,
during ringing, or during playback of a moving image or imotion movie.
< Charge Sound>
Setting Charging-start/end Tones
The confirmation tone sounds twice when charging
starts/ends.
mSettingsOther settingsBattery
Charge soundON or OFF
Information
pThe sound volume for charge sound cannot be changed.
pThe charging confirmation tone does not sound when a
display other than the Stand-by display is shown or during
Manner Mode or Public Mode (Drive Mode).
< Quality Alarm>
+m-7-5
Sounding Alarm when a Line is
Likely to be Disconnected
When a call is liable to be disconnected midway
because of bad radio wave conditions, an alarm sounds
to inform you right before possible disconnection.
mSettingsTalkQuality alarm
Select an alarm.
No tone . . . . Does not sound.
High tone. . . High alarm sounds.
Low tone . . . Low alarm sounds.
Information
pYou might be disconnected without hearing an alarm if radio
wave conditions deteriorate suddenly.
pAn alarm for âQuality alarmâ sounds only from the earpiece
during a videophone call.
mSettingsSoundMail/Msg. ring time
Select a type of mail or message
ON or OFFEnter a ring time (seconds).
pEnter in two digits from â01â through â30â.
< Headset Usage Setting>
+m-5-1
Sounding Ring Tone from
Earphone Only
You can set where you make the ring tone and alarm
sound from for when you connect the Flat-plug
Earphone/Microphone with Switch (option).
mSettingsSound
Headset usage setting
Headset + speaker or Headset only
Information
pEven when you set âHeadset onlyâ, the ring tone sounds
from both the earphone and speaker about 20 seconds after
ringing starts. However, the tone does not sound from the
speaker but sounds from the earphone only even after 20
seconds have elapsed if the tone sounds for the operations
other than incoming calls, incoming mail, and alarm
notification.
pEven when you set âHeadset onlyâ, the tone sounds from
the speaker when you do not connect the Flat-plug
Earphone/Microphone with Switch or when you start
shooting still or moving images.
pIn the following cases, the tone sounds from the earphone
when the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch is
connected, and from the speakers when it is not connected,
regardless of this setting.
ăťDuring watching a One Seg program
ăťDuring playback of a melody
ăťDuring playback of an i-motion movie
ăťDuring playback of a video file
ăťWhile i-Îąppli is running
ăťDuring playback of a music file by MUSIC Player
ăťDuring playback of a Music&Video Channel program
pDo not wind the cord of the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone
with Switch around the FOMA phone.
pThe FOMA phone may pick up noise if you take the cord of
the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch close to the
FOMA phone during a call.
101
Sound/Screen/Light Settings
pWhen you press .> with your FOMA phone closed, the
FOMA phone works according to âInfo notice settingâ on
page 112.
+m-6-8
< Manner Mode>
Sound/Screen/Light Settings
Silencing Tones
When you do not want the FOMA phone to make any
sound, you can just press one key to switch off the ring
tone, keypad sound and any other sound from the
speaker.
You can use âManner mode setâ to select Manner Mode
functions from three types; âManner modeâ, âSuper
silentâ, or âOriginalâ.
While âManner modeâ or âSuper silentâ is activated, or
while âMic sensitiv.â is set to âUpâ in âOriginalâ, you
can talk softly on the phone but your voice can still be
heard clearly at the other end.
During standby/During a call
s(for at least one second)
Manner mode selected in âManner mode setâ is set.
pWhen FOMA phone is closed, press and hold > for at
least one second to activate Manner Mode.
pDuring Manner Mode, â â is displayed. The settings
you selected for âManner mode setâ are also displayed.
: Indicates that âVibratorâ will work to notify events.
/ / : Indicate that âRing volumeâ has been set
to âSilentâ.
Information
pIf you activate Manner Mode during a call or calling, the
message to that effect appears.
pThe recording start tone sounds even in Manner Mode
when you shoot still images or moving images.
pIn Manner Mode, if you try to play back a melody, the
confirmation display appears asking whether to play it back.
Select âYESâ to play back the melody at the volume set for
âPhoneâ of âRing volumeâ. If the setting is âSilentâ or âStepâ,
the volume is Level 2.
pIn Manner Mode, if you do the following operations, the
confirmation display appears asking whether to play back
voice or music.
ăťWatching a One Seg program
ăťPlaying back an i-motion movie
ăťPlaying back a video file
ăťPlaying back a music file by MUSIC Player
ăťPlaying back a Music&Video Channel program
Select âYESâ to play it back at the volume set for each
player. When you change the volume level, it is played back
at the set volume for the next time.
pWhen a Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch
(option) is connected, the sound comes out of the
earphone. The confirmation display asking whether to play
back sound or music files during Manner Mode does not
appear. Further, the playback tone does not sound from the
speakers even if you unplug the Flat-plug Earphone/
Microphone with Switch during playing back sound or music
files by each player.
102
â To release Manner Mode
Press and hold s for at least one second. During a call
or calling, two beeps sound and the message that is
released appears.
pWhen FOMA phone is closed, press and hold > for at
least one second to release Manner Mode.
â To activate Manner Mode during ringing
Press l (
) or >.
Manner Mode is activated and Record Message is
simultaneously activated so that the caller can leave a voice/
video message.
Even when âRecord message settingâ has not been set to
âONâ, the Record Message function works.
) to answer a voice call, or press
Press d or Oo(
d, +Oo(
), or m(
) to answer a
videophone call.
pWhen five messages for voice calls and two messages for
videophone calls have already been recorded, or when a
PushTalk call comes in, Record Message does not work.
Manner Mode specified by âManner mode setâ will work.
pWhen the call finishes, Manner Mode is still activated.
+m-2-0
< Manner Mode Set>
Selecting Manner Mode Type
You can select one of three types of operations for Manner Mode.
â Operations during Manner Mode
Manner Mode
Record message
Super Silent
Original
Set value of Record message
ON or OFF
ON
ON or OFF
Phone volume
Silent
Silent through Level 6 and stepâ
Mail volume
Silent
Silent through Level 6 and stepâĄ
Alarm volumeâť2
VM tone
Silent
Silent through Level 6 and step
Vibratorâť1
ON
ON or OFFâ˘
OFF
ON or OFFâŁ
Microphone sensitivity
Up
Normal or Up
Low voltage alarm tone
(Low battery alarm)
OFF
ON or OFF
When âLVA toneâ is set to âONâ, it works with
the same set value as â âť3
Confirmation tone for selecting ring tone
Silent
Works with the same set value as â ăťâĄ
On hold tone
Silent
Works with the same set value as â âť4
Holding tone
Silent
Works with the same set value as â âť5
ToruCa obtained tone and ToruCa
failed-to-obtain tone
Silent
Works with the same set value as â
Confirmation tone for recording voice
announce
ON
OFF
Works with the same set value as â˘
Battery level tone
Silent
Silent
Voice recognition start tone
Silent
Silent
Confirmation tone for checking missed
calls and new mail
Silent
Works with the same set value as â âť6
Warning tones
Silent
Works with the same set value as âŁ
Schedule alarm
Silent
Works with the same set value as â
Alarm for Book program
Silent
Works with the same set value as â
Alarm for Timer recording
Silent
Works with the same set value as â âť7
Start tones for shooting still and moving
images
Level 4
Level 4
Confirmation tone for selecting shutter
sound
OFF
Works with the same set value as â˘
Switching to Hands-free by
âHands-free w/ V. phoneâ or
âHands-free w/ PushTalkâ
OFF
OFF
Silent
Works with the same set value as
âRead aloud volumeâ on page 333
Read aloud volume
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
âť1 Vibrator works instead of (or with) the following tones:
Ring tone and alarm for âAlarmâ, âScheduleâ, âToDoâ, âBook programâ and âTimer recordingâ
The vibration pattern will be the same as the setting described on page 100. However, if the setting described
on page 100 is âOFFâ, âPattern 2â will be activated.
Confirmation tone for checking missed calls and new mail
ăťVibrates for about 1 second when you have missed calls or new mail messages.
ăťVibrates for about 0.2 second when you have no missed calls and new mail messages.
âť2 When âPrefer manner modeâ on page 335 is set to âOFFâ, the alarm tone sounds at the volume set for Alarm.
âť3 The tone sounds at Level 1 when â is âSilentâ.
âť4 The tone sounds at Level 2 when â is âStepâ.
âť5 The tone sounds at Level 1 when â is not âSilentâ.
âť6 The tone sounds at Level 6 when â is not âSilentâ.
âť7 The tone does not sound when â is âStepâ.
Sound/Screen/Light Settings
Keypad sound
OFF
103
You can select from among standard âManner modeâ
to inform you of incoming calls or mail by the vibrator,
âSuper silentâ to erase sounds including confirmation
tones from the earpiece, or âOriginalâ to customize
operations.
mSettingsIncoming call
Manner mode set
Manner mode, Super silent or Original
Do the following operations.
Sound/Screen/Light Settings
Item
Vibrator
You can set the FOMA phone to vibrate for
incoming calls and mail.
ON or OFF
pSee page 100 for Vibrator.
Phone vol.
You can adjust the ring volume for incoming
voice calls, videophone calls and PushTalk
calls.
Use Bo to adjust the volume.
pSee page 64 for Ring Volume.
Mail vol.
You can adjust the ring volume for i-mode
mail, SMS messages, and Messages R/F.
Use Bo to adjust the volume.
pSee page 64 for Ring Volume.
Alarm vol.
Use Bo to adjust the volume.
pSee page 335 for Alarm.
VM tone
You can set the FOMA phone to sound a
confirmation tone when a record message is
played back, a voice memo is recorded or
played back, and a movie memo is recorded.
ON or OFF
Keypad sound ON or OFF
pSee page 101 for Keypad Sound.
Mic sensitiv.
Normal or Up
LVA tone
ON or OFF
pSee page 44 for LVA Tone (low battery
alarm).
Press l(
104
Changing Displays
Set Stand-by Display
You can set an image for the Stand-by display. You can
set also i-motion movies shot by the FOMA phone or
downloaded from sites for the Stand-by display.
).
mSettingsDisplayDisplay setting
Stand-by displaySelect a type of image.
pIf you select âCalendarâ, select a display format, and
then select âBG image ONâ or âBG image OFFâ. If you
select âBG image OFFâ, the setting is completed.
pIf you select âiÎąppli displayâ, select an i-Îąppli program.
The setting is completed.
Operation/Explanation
Record msg. ON or OFF
pEven if you select âONâ, the ring time is fixed
to about 13 seconds and cannot be
changed when âRecord message settingâ on
page 67 is set to âOFFâ.
pSee page 67 for Record Message Setting.
+m-5-6
< Display Setting>
Select a folderSelect an image.
pWhen the image is larger than the Stand-by display, the
overall image is displayed with the dimensions shrunk
and proportional ratio retained. The image smaller than
the Stand-by display is displayed in equivalent
dimensions.
pSee page 162 when you select âSearch by i-modeâ.
â When Calendar is set
The calendar in the set format
appears on the Stand-by display. You
can check the calendar for the
previous or next month or set
schedule events (see page 337) with
ease.
pFrom the Stand-by display, press
Oo and then ZCo to display the previous calendar, or
press XVo to display the next calendar.
When a desktop icon is pasted on the Stand-by display,
pressing Oo highlights the desktop icon previously used
or the calendar.
Highlight the calendar, press Oo(
) and use Mo to
display the previous or next calendar.
Press Oo(
) again to set âScheduleâ.
â When an original animation or animation GIF is set
It is played back when you display the Stand-by display,
press h from the Stand-by display, or open the FOMA
phone. The first frame is displayed as the Stand-by display.
â When a Flash movie is set
It is played back when you display the Stand-by display,
press h from the Stand-by display, or open the FOMA
phone. The image stopped such as by your first operation is
displayed as the Stand-by display.
â When an i-motion movie is set
It is played back when you display the Stand-by display,
press h from the Stand-by display, or open the FOMA
phone. The first frame is displayed as the Stand-by display.
pPress Bo or during playback to adjust the volume.
Press Oo, l, i, c, No, r, d, p or
h to end the playback.
Set Displays for Dialing/Calling and Others
You can set an image for the Dialing/Call Receiving
display, Mail Sending/Mail Receiving display, and
Checking display.
Information
pSome i-motion movies might not be correctly displayed.
pYou cannot set a still image in excess of Stand-by (480 x
854) size or 300 Kbytes for the Stand-by display.
pYou cannot set some images or i-motion movies for the
Stand-by display.
pThe sound of Flash movies cannot be played back.
Set the Wake-up Display
mSettingsDisplayDisplay setting
Wake-up displaySelect a type of image.
pIf you select âMessageâ, enter a message. You can
enter up to 50 full-pitch/100 half-pitch characters.
pIf you select âMy pictureâ or âimotionâ, go to step 2 of
âSet Stand-by Displayâ on page 104.
pSee page 162 when you select âSearch by i-modeâ.
Information
pYou cannot set some images or i-motion movies for the
Wake-up display.
pThe sound of Flash movies cannot be played back.
Select a type of image.
Go to step 2 of âSet Stand-by Displayâ on page 104.
Information
pWhen you select âIncoming callâ, âVideophone incomingâ, or
âMail receivingâ, select âSelect ring toneâ to set the ring tone.
Go to step 2 on page 98.
pThe priority order of displays for call receiving is as follows:
âSetting for Phonebook entryâ â âGroup settingâ â âDisp.
PH-book imageâ â âDisplay settingâ. However, when
âIncoming callâ or âVideophone incomingâ of âRead aloud
settingsâ is set to âONâ, the default image is displayed.
The same order applies if a call comes in to Number B while
using 2in1. However, when you set an i-motion movie
containing video and sound for a ring tone (Chaku-motion)
by âRingtone set. for No. Bâ, it is played back as
Chaku-motion, taking priority over this function.
pWhen you set an i-motion movie containing video and
sound for a ring tone (Chaku-motion), it is played back for
incoming calls, taking priority over this function. However, if
you set a voice-only i-motion movie, the image set by this
function is displayed.
pWhen you set an i-motion movie containing video and
sound for âSelect calling disp.â, the i-motion movie is played
back taking priority over âSelect ring toneâ of âIncoming callâ
for incoming calls. However, if you set an i-motion movie
containing only video for âSelect calling disp.â, the ring tone
selected for âSelect ring toneâ of âIncoming callâ is played
back.
pThe images or ring tone set at purchase might be displayed
or played back for incoming calls or messages, depending
on the combination of this function and âSelect ring toneâ.
pYou cannot set some images for âDisplay settingâ.
pThe sound of Flash movies is not played back.
105
Sound/Screen/Light Settings
pWhen âIncoming callâ or âVideophone incomingâ is
selected, select âSelect calling disp.â.
pWhen âMail receivingâ is selected, select âSelect
receiving disp.â and go to step 2 of âSet Stand-by
Displayâ on page 104.
pIf you select âDialingâ, âVideophone dialingâ, âMail
sendingâ, âCheck new messageâ, or âMail/msg. rct.
resultâ, go to step 2 of âSet Stand-by Displayâ on
page 104.
pSelect âIncoming callâ, âVideophone incomingâ or âMail
receivingâ and press l(
) to check the contents
actually displayed or played back.
pIf you play back an i-motion movie during Manner Mode,
the sound is not played back.
You can set an image or message to be displayed for
when the power is turned on.
mSettingsDisplayDisplay setting
Select a type of display.
Item
Set Battery Icon and Antenna Icon
You can set the icons for battery level and radio wave
reception level that appear on the display.
Called
mSettingsDisplayDisplay setting
Battery icon or Antenna icon
Select a pattern.
Information
pYou cannot change icons such as â
â or â
â.
Mail
You can display the received date/time and
others of the mail message or Message R/F.
(See page 30)
ON or OFF
pThe received date/time and others of the
mail message or Message R/F in the box or
folders with security set are not displayed.
i-Channel
ticker
ON or OFF
pYou can set for each mode of 2in1. When
2in1 is deactivated, it becomes common to
the setting in A Mode.
Disp.
connection
You can set whether to display animations/
characters during communication.
ON or OFF
Sound/Screen/Light Settings
Displaying an Image Stored in
Phonebook during Ringing
mSettingsIncoming call
Disp. PH-book imageON or OFF
Information
pThe priority order of displays for call receiving is as follows:
âPicture for Phonebook entryâ â âPicture for groupâ â
âImage for Phonebook entryâ â âDisplay settingâ. However,
when âIncoming callâ or âVideophone incomingâ of âRead
aloud settingsâ is set to âONâ, the default image is displayed.
< Private Window>
+m-9-3
Setting Displays for Private
Window
mSettingsDisplayPrivate window
ON or OFFDo the following operations.
Item
You can display the phone number (name
when stored in the Phonebook) of the caller
during ringing.
ON or OFF
You can set whether to display a Chaku-moji
message.
ON or OFF
< Display Phonebook Image>
If the caller ID notified by the caller matches the phone
number stored in the Phonebook, the still image stored
in the Phonebook is displayed.
Operation/Explanation
< Received Mail/Call at Open>
Displaying Arrival Information
by Opening FOMA Phone
When you have a missed call, new mail message, chat
mail message, message R/F, the detailed Missed Call
display/Inbox List/Chat Mail display/Message R/F List is
displayed at opening the FOMA phone.
mSettingsDisplay
Recv. mail/call at openON or OFF
Operation/Explanation
Clock
You can set the display pattern of the clock.
Pattern 1, Pattern 2 or Pattern 3
Information
pWhen a call comes in while you are using Simple Menu, the
detailed Received Call display appears.
Orientation
You can set the direction of the clock to be
displayed.
Pattern 1 or Pattern 2
pWhen multiple newly received messages/missed calls are
found, the display for the last message/call appears.
Brightness
You can adjust the brightness to Level 1
(dark) through Level 3 (bright).
Select a brightness level.
106
pWhen a new mail message, chat mail, Message R/F are
simultaneously received, the messages are displayed in the
order of the chat mail message, i-mode message, Message
R, and Message F.
< Backlight>
+m-7-0
Setting Lights for Display and
Keypad
mSettingsDisplayBacklight
Do the following operations.
Item
Lighting
Operation/Explanation
Also, you can set whether to activate Power
Saver Mode for the main display.
ON or OFF Enter a light time (seconds).
pEnter from â015â through â999â in three
digits.
Charging
Standard or Constant light
Standard
. . . Lights during charging in the same setting
as it lights in ordinary time.
Constant light
. . . Always lights during battery charge.
Area
You can set the range the backlight lights in.
LCD+Keys or LCD
Brightness
You can adjust the brightness of the backlight
for the main display to Level 1 (dark) through
Level 5 (bright).
Select a brightness level.
pWhen âAuto settingâ is set, the backlight set
by âAreaâ is automatically adjusted
according to the ambient brightness that has
been detected by the light sensor.
Soft light
You can set whether to light the backlight for
the main display softly.
ON or OFF
â To switch the backlight on/off by pressing one key
Press and hold 5 for at least one second.
pIf you set âPower saver modeâ to âONâ, the display switches
to Power saver mode and goes off after the specified time
elapses with no operation on the Stand-by display. When
you set âIllumination in talkâ of âIlluminationâ to âOFFâ, the
display during a voice call also goes off.
pWhen an image other than still image is set for the Stand-by
display, the Stand-by display shifts to Power Saver Mode
after the image is played back and a standby time elapses.
pThe FOMA phone does not switch to Power Saver Mode
during data communication or charging, or while the i-Îąppli
Stand-by display is running.
pThe receiving display does not appear when you receive a
call in Public Mode (Drive Mode).
< LCD AI>
Adjusting Quality of Display
Automatically
You can set whether to automatically adjust the
brightness of the display backlight and to compensate
the image quality according to that brightness during
playback of i-motion movies, PC movies, Music&Video
Channel programs, or video files, during a videophone
call, or during watching a One Seg program.
mSettingsDisplayLCD AI
ON or OFF
pIf you operate the setting from the Function menu
during a videophone call or watching a One Seg
program, the setting is effective only for the current
videophone call or One Seg program.
Information
pIf you set to âONâ, the brightness is adjusted within the level
specified for âBrightnessâ of âBacklightâ. The brightness is
adjusted also while you are selecting a menu item.
pThis function is disabled during Play Background.
Information
pWhen âLightingâ is set to âONâ, the backlight stays lit while a
call is coming in and the area specified by âAreaâ lights for
about 15 seconds when you turn on the power, touch the
keys, or open the FOMA phone. The backlight stays lit while
the camera is activated or a moving image/i-motion movie is
played back. When âOFFâ is set, it does not light. However,
it stays lit during recording of a moving image regardless of
the âLightingâ setting.
pSee page 71 for Backlight during a videophone call.
pSee page 257 for Backlight during watching a One Seg
program.
< Image Quality>
Setting Quality of Display
mSettingsDisplay
Image qualitySelect an item.
Normal . . . . . Normal image quality
Vivid. . . . . . . Vivid image quality
Dynamic . . . Dynamic image quality in which motion is
emphasized
107
Sound/Screen/Light Settings
You can set whether to light the backlight in
ordinary time.
ON or OFF
pIf you set to âOFFâ, â â appears on the
Stand-by display.
Information
pIf the power is supplied from external power sources such
as an AC adapter (option), the setting for âChargingâ
applies, regardless of the on/off setting of the backlight for
âLightingâ.
pWhen you display the text of i-mode mail or Messages R/F,
the lighting time varies according to the length of the text.
< Color Theme Setting>
+m-8-6
Setting Color Combination for
Display
You can set the display color pattern of characters and
backgrounds, and so on.
mSettingsDisplay
Color theme settingSelect a color theme.
Sound/Screen/Light Settings
pWhile a color theme is selected, the selected color
theme appears on the display for confirmation.
Information
pYou cannot change the color for icons and images
displayed in multiple colors, the DoCoMo pictographs, and
the Internet web pages (sites) supporting i-mode.
+m-5-7
< Menu Icon Setting>
Setting Display of Main Menu
You can change the icons and the background images
of Main Menu.
mi(
)Menu icon setting
Select a pattern.
When you select âCustomizeâ in step 1,
select a menu icon or background image to
be changedSelect a folder
Select an image.
Repeat step 2 and set menu icons
and a background image.
pWhile selecting a menu icon or
background image, press
l(
) to confirm the
currently set image.
pTo reset the menu icon and
background image set to
âCustomizeâ to âăšăżăłăăźă
(Standard)â in the âPre-installedâ
folder, press i(
) and select âResetâ or âAll
resetâ, then select âYESâ.
pSee page 162 when you select âSearch by i-modeâ.
Information
pThe image you can customize is a JPEG or GIF image
whose size is Stand-by (480 x 854) or smaller and up to 300
Kbytes. Perform âChange sizeâ or âTrim awayâ for other
images.
pWhen a customized image is deleted, âăšăżăłăăźă
(Standard)â in the âPre-installedâ folder returns.
pWhen Personal Data Lock is activated while âCustomizeâ is
set, the default image is displayed.
pWhen you set âCustomizeâ, the Main Menu icons do not
switch even if you switch âSelect languageâ.
Black
White
Red
Pink gold
Enlarge menu
Normal
108
Function menu
< Kisekae Tool>
Using Kisekae Tool
You can use Kisekae Tool to change the ring tone,
Stand-by display, menu icons and others at a time.
pSee page 161 for details on how to download Kisekae Tool
files.
Change
launcher
You can manually change the display order of
Main menu.
Select the menu item to sortYES
Disp. default
MENU
You can temporarily show Normal Main
Menu.
pOnce you close Normal Main Menu, the
currently set Main Menu returns.
Reset
See page 109.
â Items that can be set with Kisekae Tool
ăťIllumination in talk
ăťSide key illumination
ăťPosit. tone/illum.
ăťTone
pItems that can be set differ depending on the Kisekae Tool
file.
pThe setting change of phone/videophone ring tones, mail
ring tone, and Stand-by display is applied only to the A Mode
of 2in1. The other changes are applied to the all modes of
2in1.
mSettingsKisekae
Select a Kisekae Tool file and press
l(
)YES
pThe ââ
â is added to the currently set Kisekae Tool.
pDepending on the selected Kisekae Tool, the
confirmation display might appear asking whether to
change the character size.
Information
pFor the functions set by Kisekae Tool, each setting display
is shown with âFollow Kisekae Toolâ is highlighted. You can
separately change each setting, however, if you want to
reset to the setting by Kisekae Tool, you need to set all
again. You cannot select âFollow Kisekae Toolâ.
pIf you use Kisekae Tool to change the design of the Menu
display, some menu configurations change according to the
usage frequency depending on the type of the menu.
Further, some menu numbers that are assigned to the
menu items do not apply.
In that case, you cannot operate as described in this
manual, so you are advised to show Normal Main Menu by
âDisp. default MENUâ (see page 109), or reset Main Menu
by âReset menu screenâ.
Reset Changed Design
You can reset the items changed by Kisekae Tool.
mi(
)Reset
Enter your Terminal Security Code
Select an item.
Reset disp. /sound
. . . Resets all of ââ Items that can be set with Kisekae
Toolâ to the default.
Reset menu screen
. . . Resets Main Menu to the default. You can reset also
by pressing and holding r for at least one second
and selecting âYESâ from the Stand-by display.
Reset menu log
. . . Resets the operation records of Main Menu to the
default.
Information
pEven if you perform âReset disp. /soundâ or âReset menu
screenâ, you cannot reset enlarged characters on the Main
Menu.
< Feel Settings>
Using Feel Function
The Feel function reproduces the atmosphere of
âcommunicationsâ or âmailâ by actions of 45 types of
animated characters.
pTo end the playback,
press h or r.
pWhen the FOMA
phone is closed,
press p or to
end the playback.
Function Menu of Main Menu
Function menu
Menu icon
setting
Operation/Explanation
See page 108.
After ending a call
After receiving a
mail message
109
Sound/Screen/Light Settings
ăťSelect ring tone
ăťDisplay setting
ăťColor theme setting
ăťMenu icon setting
ăťâClockâ and âOrientationâ of
Private window
ăťIllumination
Operation/Explanation
FeelďźTalk
FeelďźMail
Sound/Screen/Light Settings
Once you activate FeelďźTalk, a FeelďźTalk image is
played back when a call ends. You can play it back also
from the Redial List, Dialed Call List, Received Call List,
or each detailed display.
You can make the Call/Charging indicator light/flicker
in synchronization with FeelďźTalk when you close
your FOMA phone after ending a call.
pYou cannot use FeelďźTalk for videophone calls and
PushTalk communications.
mSettingsFeel settings
FeelďźTalkDo the following operations.
Item
Display after
talk
A FeelďźTalk image is played back on the
Stand-by display when a call ends.
ON or OFF
pWhen this function is set to âOFFâ, a Feelďź
Talk icon does not appear on each record
display even while âDisp. /play in historyâ is
set to âONâ.
At the first time of closing the FOMA phone
after a call ends, the Call/Charging indicator
lights/flickers in synchronization with Feelďź
Talk.
ON or OFF
pThe Call/Charging indicator lights/flickers
regardless of the setting of âIllum. when
foldedâ.
mSettingsFeel settings
FeelďźMailDo the following operations.
Item
Disp. /play
new one
Operation/Explanation
Disp. /play in A FeelďźTalk icon appears on each record
history
display.
ON or OFF
Illumination
Once you activate FeelďźMail, a FeelďźMail image is
played back on the Private window after you receive an
i-mode mail/SMS message. You can play it back also
from the Received Address List or detailed display.
Operation/Explanation
A FeelďźMail image is played back on the
Private window after you receive an i-mode
mail/SMS message.
ON or OFF
pWhen this function is set to âOFFâ, a Feelďź
Mail icon does not appear on each record
display, the Received Address List, the
Inbox List, and the detailed Received Mail
display even while âDisp. /play in historyâ is
set to âONâ.
Disp. /play in A FeelďźMail icon appears on each record
history
display, the Received Address List, the Inbox
List, or the detailed Received Mail display.
ON or OFF
Play Back FeelďźTalk/FeelďźMail Image
from Each Record Display
Select a record item which contains a Feelďź
Talk or FeelďźMail icon from Redial, Dialed
Calls, Received Calls, or the Received
Address List, or show each detailed display.
Information
pA FeelďźTalk image is played back even if you end a call
after switching between a videophone call and voice call.
For the Redial List
For the detailed Redial
display
pA FeelďźTalk/FeelďźMail icon moves when it is selected
or shown.
110
Press c (
).
The FeelďźTalk/FeelďźMail image is played back.
pTo end the playback, press r.
pWhen you display the record display from another
function, you cannot play back the FeelďźTalk/Feelďź
Mail image by pressing c (
).
Item
< Illumination>
Setting Color of Call/Charging
Indicator and Others
mSettingsIllumination
Do the following operations.
Item
Operation/Explanation
All illum.
setting
You can set all illumination items at one time.
Select a pattern.
Illumination
See page 111.
Miss/unread
illum.
The Call/Charging indicator flickers for missed calls,
new mail messages, or new Messages R/F at about
5-second interval for about 30 minutes.
ON or OFF
Music&Video The Call/Charging indicator flickers when
ch illum.
obtaining Music&Video Channel programs is
completed at about 5-second interval for
about 30 minutes.
ON or OFF
Illum. when
folded
The Call/Charging indicator lights when the
FOMA phone is closed.
ON or OFF
Hourly
illumination
You can be notified of the specified time
(every hour at 0 minutes) by the tone and light
of the Call/Charging indicator.
Select a pattern.
pâHourly illuminationâ does not work while a
display other than the Stand-by display is
shown, or Lock All or is activated, or
Omakase Lock is activated.
pTime tone sounds at the volume set for
âPhoneâ of âRing volumeâ. If âStepâ is set, it
sounds at Level 2.
The Call/Charging indicator flickers for about 15
seconds when you start playback by MUSIC Player.
ON or OFF
Bluetooth
illumination
The Call/Charging indicator flickers during
connecting to Bluetooth devices.
ON or OFF
pIt flickers at about 5-second interval for about 5
minutes when the connection is completed.
IC card
illumination
The Call/Charging indicator lights/flickers when
you place the FOMA phone over an IC card
scanning device or during iC communication.
ON or OFF
pIt does not light/flicker during IC Card Lock.
The Call/Charging indicator lights/flickers when
you try to get the PushTalk talkerâs right, or when
a memberâs state changes to âConnectedâ.
ON or OFF
Side key
illumination
You can set the lighting color of the Call/
Charging indicator for when you press <
with the FOMA phone closed.
Use Mo to select a color.
pThe Call/Charging indicator lights for
confirmation while you are selecting.
pThe lighting duration differs depending on
the illumination.
Check
settings
You can check the setting contents for
âIlluminationâ, âIllumination in talkâ, âHourly
illuminationâ and âSide key illuminationâ.
Illumination
+m-8-9
You can set the flickering color of the Call/Charging
indicator according to the incoming type.
mSettingsIlluminationIllumination
Do the following operations.
Item
Operation/Explanation
Set color
Select an incoming type
Use Mo to select a color.
pTo make the indicator light in colors âColor
1â to âColor 12â in order, select âGradationâ.
pThe Call/Charging indicator lights for
confirmation while you are selecting.
Set pattern
You can set the flickering pattern of the
Illumination.
Select a pattern.
Standard . . . . . . . . Flickers in the same
pattern repeatedly.
Melody linkage . . . Flickers with the ring
tone.
Color setting Edit color nameSelect a color
(Edit color
Enter a name.
name)
pYou can edit âColor 1â through âColor 12â only.
pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20
half-pitch characters.
Color setting Adjust color toneSelect a color
(Adjust color Adjust the color tone.
tone)
pYou can adjust the color tone of âColor 1â
through âColor 12â only.
pUse Bo to select a color and use No to
change the color tone.
Information
pThe priority order of illumination is; âSetting for Phonebook
entryâ â âGroup settingâ â âSet colorâ.
111
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
MUSIC
illumination
PushTalk
illumination
Sound/Screen/Light Settings
Illumination in You can set the flickering color of the Call/
talk
Charging indicator for during a call.
Use Mo to select a color.
pThe Call/Charging indicator flickers for
confirmation while you are selecting.
pIt flickers in the same color as it flickers
during a call, while Record Message is
working, during answer-hold (On Hold), or
while a call is on hold (Holding).
Operation/Explanation
Information
pEven when âMelody linkageâ is set, the Call/Charging
indicator flickers by âStandardâ in the following cases:
ăťWhen âSet colorâ is set to other than âColor 1â through
âColor 12â and âGradationâ
ăťWhen an i-motion movie or melody with no flickering
pattern is set for the ring tone
< Info Notice Setting>
+m-6-5
Sound/Screen/Light Settings
Checking Missed Calls and New Mail
by Tone and Call/Charging Indicator
When the FOMA phone is closed, you can press > to
check for missed calls, new mail, new chat mail, new
Messages R/F, record messages, and voice mail
messages. To use this function, you need to set âSide
keys guardâ to âOFFâ in advance.
mSettingsIncoming call
Info notice settingSelect an item.
ONâť . . .Notifies you whether there are missed calls, new mail,
new chat mail, or new Messages R/F by the electronic
sound and flickering of the Call/Charging indicator.
OFF . . .Turns off the information notice.
âťWhen âSelect languageâ is set to âćĽćŹčŞ (Japanese)â,
you can select âéťĺéł (electronic sound)â or âăă¤ăš
(voice)â. With âăă¤ăš (voice)â, Japanese electronic
voice and flickering of the Call/Charging indicator notify
you of new chat mail, new mail, missed calls, record
messages and voice mail messages in this order.
â If you press > while the FOMA phone is closed
When you have a missed call, new mail, new chat mail,
or new Message R/F
(When the âMissed callâ icon, âNew mailâ icon, âChat mailâ, or
âMessage R/Fâ icon is displayed on the Stand-by display.)
If âInfo notice settingâ is set to âONâ, a double-beep tone sounds
and the Call/Charging indicator lights for about five seconds.
If âInfo notice settingâ is set to âăă¤ăš (voice)â in Japanese
display, a beep tone sounds and a voice message
announces that you have new mail, a missed call, and so on,
and the Call/Charging indicator lights for about five seconds.
pWhen âInfo notice settingâ is set to âăă¤ăš (voice)â in
Japanese display, and a new Message R/F comes in, a
voice message announces that you have new mail.
pIf you press > again while the voice is being played back,
you can stop it.
When you have no missed calls, new mail, new chat mail,
or new Message R/F
If âInfo notice settingâ is set to âONâ, or âăă¤ăš (voice)â in
Japanese display, a triple-beep tone sounds, and the Call/
Charging indicator flickers for about five seconds.
Even when âInfo notice settingâ is set to âăă¤ăš (voice)â in
Japanese display, the notice is not made by voice.
112
Information
pYou cannot check for the mail messages held at the i-mode
Center by this function.
pThe confirmation function might not work depending on the
function being activated.
pThe sound volume for electronic sound cannot be changed.
pâăă¤ăš (voice)â sounds at the volume set for âPhoneâ of
âRing volumeâ. If âStepâ is set, the sound volume is Level 2.
pThe missed call, new mail, and new chat mail are informed
by both the Call/Charging indicator and the vibrator unless
âPhoneâ of âVibratorâ has been set to âOFFâ.
pThe vibrator notifies the information as follows:
ăťVibrates for about 1 second when you have a missed call,
new mail, or new chat mail message.
ăťVibrates for about 0.2 second when you have no missed
calls, new mail, or new chat mail message.
pIf you open the FOMA phone during notification, it stops.
< Desktop Icon>
Using Icons on Desktop
If you could not answer a call (missed call) or when you
have new mail, icons notify you of the call or mail on
the Stand-by display. (Notification icons)
Also, you can paste the phone numbers, mail
addresses or other items you frequently use as icons.
(Desktop icons)
â Operation when a notification icon is selected
Missed call
Shows the Missed Call List.
(See page 54)
Missed call to Number B of 2in1
Shows the Missed Call List.
(See page 54)
Record message
Shows the Record Message List. (See page 68)
Videophone record message
Shows the Videophone Record Message List.
(See page 69)
New i-mode mail or SMS
Shows the Inbox List. (See page 186)
New chat mail
Starts Chat Mail. (See page 205)
New Message R/F
Shows the Message R/F List. (See page 201)
When i-Îąppli did not start automatically
Shows the i-Îąppli Auto Start Info. (See page 221)
When a ToruCa file is obtained from a scanning
device
Shows the ToruCa File List. (See page 226)
When a security error occurred on the i-Îąppli
Stand-by display
Shows the Security Error History. (See page 212)
Senderâs/Destination address of i-mode mail
Shows the Message Composition display with the
mail address entered. (See page 172)
Success in downloading a Music&Video Channel
program
Activates Music&Video Channel. (See page 316)
Senderâs/Destination address of SMS
Shows the SMS Composition display with the mail
address entered. (See page 206)
Failure in downloading a Music&Video Channel
program
Activates Music&Video Channel. (See page 317)
Missed alarm
Shows the contents of the alarm that could not be
notified. (See page 337)
When timer recording was completed
Shows the contents and results of the timer
recording. (See page 256)
Pictureâť
Shows it on the Picture viewer. (See page 274)
i-motion movieâť
Plays it back by the i-motion player. (See page 280)
Video fileâť
Plays it back by the Video player. (See page 286)
Chara-den imageâť
Plays it back by the Chara-den player. (See page 288)
When Messages are held at the Voice Mail Center
Shows the display for Voice Mail. (See page 364)
Melodyâť
Plays it back by the Melody player. (See page 290)
When the Phonebook could not be updated by
Data Security Service
Shows the update display for Data Security Service.
(See page 95)
PDF fileâť
Shows it on the PDF viewer. (See page 307)
When Provide Location was executed automatically
Shows Location History. (See page 238)
When Provide Location could not be executed
automatically
Shows Location History. (See page 238)
When you did not respond to a location
provision request
Shows Location History. (See page 238)
When Software Update is needed
Starts Software Update. (See page 437)
ToruCa fileâť
Shows it on the ToruCa viewer. (See page 226)
使ăăăăă (Guide)
Shows the 使ăăăăă (Guide) display. (See page 36)
Camera menu
Shows the Camera menu. (See page 139 and page 141)
Bar Code Reader
Shows the Bar Code Reader menu. (See page 147)
Text Reader
Shows the Text Reader menu. (See page 149)
When Software Update was executed
Shows the Update Completion display or the reason
for not completing. (See page 436)
Music&Video Channel
Shows the Music&Video Channel display.
(See page 316)
When Software rewriting is possible
Shows the rewriting confirmation display.
(See page 435)
Ir data receiving function
Shows the Ir Data Receiving display.
(See page 305 and page 306)
When pattern data was updated automatically
Shows the updated result. (See page 441)
Schedule
Shows the Calendar display. (See page 338)
When the FOMA phone and a personal computer
are connected by the FOMA USB Cable with
Charge Function 01 (option)
Shows the display for setting âUSB mode settingâ.
(See page 300)
ToDo
Shows the ToDo List. (See page 340)
â Operation when a desktop icon is selected
Phone number
Shows the Dialing display with the phone number
entered. (See page 50 and page 76)
URL of site
Shows the site of that URL. (See page 152)
URL for Full Browser
Shows the site of that URL by Full Browser.
(See page 260)
Bluetooth function
Shows the Bluetooth Function Selection display.
(See page 350, page 351, and page 353ďź
Private menu
Shows the Private menu. (See page 341)
Text memo
Shows the Text memo. (See page 345.)
pWhen the original data is deleted or overwritten, the desktop
icon is disabled.
113
Sound/Screen/Light Settings
Missed program
Shows the contents of the booked program that
could not be notified. (See page 256)
i-Îąppliâť
Starts the i-Îąppli program. (See page 211)
Paste Icons to Desktop
You can paste up to 15 desktop icons of such as phone
numbers, mail addresses, etc.
Sound/Screen/Light Settings
The display for an item to be pasted
i(
)Add desktop iconYES
pWhen the addresses of the sender and another
recipient of simultaneous mail are found or the multiple
destination addresses are found, select a mail address
or phone number to be pasted.
Information
pYou may not be able to paste the URL to the desktop
depending on the site.
pYou can store the title for URL of up to 16 full-pitch/32
half-pitch characters. When the number of characters for
the title exceeds that much, the characters in excess are
deleted. If no title exists for a site, up to 22 half-pitch
characters of the URL excluding âhttp://â or âhttps://â is
displayed.
pSome files and data might not be pasted to the desktop.
mSettingsDisplayDesktop icon
The list of desktop icons pasted to
the desktop is displayed.
Desktop Icon List
Select the icon whose details are to be
displayed.
Function Menu of the Desktop Icon List
pYou can bring up the Function menu also by pressing
i(
), while highlighting a desktop icon from the
Stand-by display.
Function menu
Edit title
Proceed to Respective Functions from
Icons on Desktop
+m-6-3
Check Details of Desktop Icon
PressOo.
Operation/Explanation
Enter a title.
pYou can enter up to 16 full-pitch/32
half-pitch characters. However, the number
of characters for the title displayed when
you highlight the icon is up to 11 full-pitch/
22 half-pitch characters from the beginning
of the title.
Reset desktop The desktop icons are reset to the default.
YES
Delete this
YES
Delete all
YES
Use Mo to highlight an icon, and press
< Font>
Oo(
Changing Character Font
).
When a record message
icon is selected
pUp to five âDesktop iconsâ are displayed. If there are six
or more icons, â â and â â are displayed.
pA âNotification iconâ is deleted when each function is
executed. To delete all âNotification iconsâ, press and
hold r for at least one second from the display in
step 1.
Information
pWhen the notification icon of âMessages are held at the
Voice Mail Centerâ (
) appears while you are overseas,
you cannot operate the Voice Mail function from the
notification icon. Follow the steps of âOperate Voice Mail
Service from the Country You Stayâ on page 392.
114
+m-6-6
mSettingsDisplayFont
Font 1 or Font 2
Information
pSome characters such as Kanji are displayed in âFont 1â
regardless of this function.
pYou cannot change the font of a phone number entry or
clock display.
Change Character Font of Phone
Numbers
You can set the font of phone numbers displayed on
the following display:
ăťDialing/Call Receiving display
ăťDetailed Dialed/Received Call display
ăťDetailed Redial display
ăťDetailed Sent Chaku-moji Message display
pWhen you use 2in1, the setting here applies to the font for
Number A. To specify the font for Number B, operate âSet
call/receive No. (Disp. call/receive No.)â of â2in1 settingâ.
mSettingsIncoming call
Disp. call/receive No.Select a font.
i-mode
You can set the character size displayed on
sites and screen memos.
Large, Standard, or Small
pThe setting here applies to âCharacter sizeâ
of i-mode Settings.
Phonebook
You can set the character size for the
Phonebook display.
Large or Standard
pYou can set also by mPhonebook
Phonebook settingsCharacter size
Phonebook.
Dialed/recv.
calls
You can set the character size for the Redial/
Dialed Call/Received Call/Sent Address/
Received Address List.
Large or Standard
pYou can set also by mPhonebook
Phonebook settingsCharacter size
Dialed/recv. calls.
Character
input
(Character
size)
You can set the character size for the
character entry display, Message
Composition display, or SMS Composition
display.
Character sizeLarge or Standard
Character
input
(Candid. disp.
size)
You can set the character size of the
conversion candidate list that is shown below
the Character Entry (Edit) display.
Chandid. disp. size
Large, Standard, or Small
pThe setting here applies to âCandid. disp.
sizeâ of the Function menu while entering
(editing) characters.
< Character Size>
Changing Character Size
mSettingsDisplayCharacter size
Do the following operations.
Item
Enlarge font
display
Mail
Operation/Explanation
You can set all the items of âCharacter sizeâ at
a time.
Large, Standard, or Small
pA confirmation display might appear asking
whether to change the character size of the
menu as well. If you select âYESâ, the menu
icon is set to âEnlarge menuâ when you have
set to âLargeâ, and it returns to the default
when you have set âStandardâ or âSmallâ.
pWhen you select âSmallâ, âPhonebookâ,
âDialed/recv. callsâ and âCharacter input
(Character size)â are set to âStandardâ.
You can set the character size for the text of
the detailed mail display or detailed Message
R/F display.
Large, Standard, or Small
pThe setting here applies to âCharacter sizeâ
of Mail Settings.
pWhile a sent or received mail message is
displayed, press 3, or press
i(
) and select âDisplayâ, then
select âCharacter sizeâ.
pYou cannot change the character size of
Decomail-pictographs.
pWhile the mail text is displayed, you can
change character size also by pressing and
holding No for at least one second. (See
page 182 and page 207) In this case, the
setting here also changes.
pWhen you set to âLargeâ, the characters on
the Folder List and the Inbox/Outbox/Draft
List are displayed in large size as well.
Operation/Explanation
â When the character size is set, the display appears as
shown below:
Standard
Small
Large
Information
pIf you select âYESâ from the confirmation display asking
whether to enlarge the font when switching to Simple Menu,
âLargeâ is set.
pWhen âLargeâ is set, some item names displayed for each
operating procedure differ from the ones displayed when
âStandardâ or âSmallâ is set.
115
Sound/Screen/Light Settings
Item
+m-5-6
Setting Clock Display
You can set whether to display the clock on the
Stand-by display and can set its display pattern.
mSettingsDisplayDisplay setting
ClockDo the following operations.
Sound/Screen/Light Settings
Item
Operation/Explanation
Clock display Big, Small, or OFF
pThe setting here does not change the clock
size on the Private window, World Time
Watch, or the sub clock.
Day of week
When âSelect languageâ is set to âćĽćŹčŞ
(Japanese)â, you can select âćĽćŹčŞ
(Japanese)â or âčąčŞ (English)â.
pThe setting here applies also to the clock
display on the Private window (see page 31).
pIf you set to âčąčŞ (English)â, region names
of World Time Watch are also displayed in
English.
Position
Select a pattern.
Color
Black or White
Information
pEven if you set any of âPattern 3â through âPattern 13â, the
clock is displayed in âPattern 2â in the following cases:
ăťWhen you set the calendar for the Stand-by display
ăťWhen World Time Watch or the sub clock is displayed
under the clock on the Stand-by displayâť
ăťWhen a carrier name is displayed on the Stand-by display
by âOperator name displayâ
ăťWhen âtime zoneâ of âSet timeâ is not set to âGMT +9â.âť
ăťDuring Lock All
ăťDuring Omakase Lock
âťEven if you set to âPattern 1â, the clock is displayed in
âPattern 2â.
pIf you set âPattern 1â, the settings of âClock displayâ and
âDay of weekâ are invalid.
116
Security Settings
Passwords
Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
118
Changing Terminal Security Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšChange Security Codeâş
119
Setting PIN Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšUIM Settingâş
119
Releasing PIN Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
119
Restricting Operations or Functions
Locking your Phone to Prevent Use by Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšLock Allâş
120
Using Omakase Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšOmakase Lockâş
120
Using Self Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšSelf Modeâş
121
Locking Functions Regarding Personal Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšPersonal Data Lockâş
121
Setting a Variety of Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšLock Settingâş
122
Using Face Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšFace Reader Settingâş
123
Locking Keypad Dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšKeypad Dial Lockâş
125
Preventing Side Key Operation Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšSide Keys Guardâş
125
Restricting Outgoing/Incoming Calls or Messages
Setting not to Display Redial/Received Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšRecord Display Setâş
125
Protecting Phonebook Entries and Schedule Events from Prying Eyes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšSecret Modeâş âšSecret Data Onlyâş
126
Applying Secret for Mail in Outbox/Inbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšSecret Mail Displayâş
126
Setting not to Display Mail in Outbox/Inbox without Permission. . . . . . . . . . . âšMail Securityâş
126
Setting Restrictions on Phonebook Entries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšRestrictionsâş
127
Setting Response to Incoming Calls without Caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . âšCall Setting without IDâş
128
Delaying Start of Ringing Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšRing Timeâş
128
Rejecting Calls from Phone Numbers which are not Stored in Phonebooks
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšReject Unknownâş
What is Data Security Service? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
129
129
Other âSecurity Settingsâ
Other âSecurity Settingsâ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
130
117
Passwords
Security Settings
For some functions of the FOMA phone, you need to
enter your password. In addition to the Terminal
Security Code for operating respective mobile phone
functions, the Network Security Code to use network
services, and i-mode password are available. These
passwords help you utilize your FOMA phone.
â Cautions on passwords
pYou should avoid using the numbers for passwords such
as denoting your birth date, part of your phone number,
local address number, room number, â1111â or â1234â that
is easily decoded by a third party. Also make sure that you
take a note of the passwords you have selected just in
case you forget them.
pTake care not to let others know your passwords. Even if
your passwords are known and used by a third party, we at
DoCoMo take no responsibility in any event for the
resultant loss.
pNote that we at DoCoMo will never make any inquiries
about your passwords.
pIf you do not remember your respective passwords, you
need to bring an identification card such as your driverâs
license, the FOMA phone and UIM to the handing counter
of a DoCoMo shop.
For details contact âDoCoMo Information Centerâ on the
back page of this manual.
Terminal Security Code
The Terminal Security Code is set to â0000â at purchase
but you can change it by yourself. (See page 119)
When the display for entering the Terminal Security
Code appears, enter your four- to eight-digit code and
press Oo(
).
pWhen you enter your Terminal
Security Code, the entered numbers
are indicated by â_â and not displayed.
pIf you have entered wrong numbers or
nothing for about 15 seconds, a warning tone sounds and a
warning message is displayed; then the display prior to
entering the Terminal Security Code returns. Check the
correct code and retry entering numbers.
Network Security Code
The Network Security Code is a four-digit number for
procedures on DoCoMo e-site or for using network
services. This is determined at the time of contract but can
be changed by yourself.
If you have âDoCoMo ID/Passwordâ for âMy DoCoMoâ, the
overall support site for personal computers, you can use a
personal computer to take proceedings of changing your
Network Security Code to new one. Also, you can change
it by yourself from âĺ税ćçśă (procedures)â on DoCoMo
e-site by using the i-mode phone.
âť For âMy DoCoMoâ and âDoCoMo e-site (ăăłă˘eăľă¤
ă)â, see the back page of this manual.
118
i-mode Password
You need to enter the four-digit âi-mode passwordâ for
registering or deleting My Menu, applying for or
canceling Message Services, i-mode pay service, and
so on.
(Some information providers may provide you with
their specific password.)
The i-mode password is â0000â at the time of your
contract, but you can change it by yourself. (See
page 156)
From i-mode, you can change the i-mode password by
following operation:
âiMenuâ â âEnglish iMenuâ â âOptionsâ â âChange
i-mode Passwordâ
PIN1 Code/PIN2 Code
For the UIM, you can set the two security codes,
namely the PIN1 code and PIN2 code.
These security codes are â0000â at the time of your
contract, but you can change them by yourself. (See
page 119)
The PIN1 code is the four- to eight-digit number for
checking the user each time the UIM is inserted into the
FOMA phone or each time the FOMA phone is turned
on, so that you can prevent the third party from using
your UIM. By entering your PIN1 code, you can make or
answer calls, or use functions in the FOMA phone.
The PIN2 code is the four- to eight-digit number for
executing Reset Total Cost, using the user certificate or
applying for the issue of it, etc.
pIf you purchase a new FOMA phone and use the existing
UIM with the new FOMA phone, use the PIN1 code and PIN2
code you have set previously.
When the PIN1 Code/PIN2 Code Entry display appears,
enter your four- to eight-digit PIN1 code/PIN2 code and
press Oo(
).
pThe entered PIN1 code or PIN2 code
is displayed as â_â.
pIf you enter a wrong PIN1 code or
PIN2 code three times in succession,
it is locked and the FOMA phone
cannot be used. (The remaining
number of times you can enter
For PIN1 code
appears on the display.)
When you enter the correct PIN1 code or PIN2 code, the
remaining number of times you can enter will return to three
times.
pYou can make emergency calls at 110/119/118 even from
the PIN1/PIN2 Code Entry display.
PUK (PIN Unblock Code)
Change PIN1 Code/Change PIN2 Code
The PUK (PIN unblock code) is the eight-digit number
for releasing the PIN1 code and PIN2 code lock state.
You cannot change this code by yourself.
pIf you enter a wrong PUK (PIN unblock code) 10 times in
succession, the UIM is locked.
Security when the power
turns on
You need to have set âPIN1 code entry setâ to âONâ to
change the PIN1 code.
Operation of user certificate
Connecting to FirstPass sites
mSettingsLock/SecurityUIM setting
Enter your Terminal Security Code
Change PIN1 code/Change PIN2 code
Enter the current PIN1 code or PIN2 code.
pSee page 118 for the PIN1 code or PIN2 code.
Enter PIN1 code
Enter PIN2 code
Wrong entry 3 times in succession
pThe entered PIN1 code or PIN2 code is displayed as
â_â.
Entry OK
Wrong entry 10 times
in succession
Set new PIN code
Consult the handling
counter of a DoCoMo shop
+m-2-9
Changing Terminal Security Code
Change the default for the Terminal Security Code
required for operating functions to your own four- to
eight-digit code so that you can make full use of the
FOMA phone. Make sure you take a note of the security
code you have changed just in case you forget it.
Releasing PIN Lock
If you enter a wrong PIN1 code/PIN2 code three times in
succession on the display requiring its entry, it is
locked and the FOMA phone cannot be used. In this
case, release the PIN1 code/PIN2 code lock and set a
new PIN1 code/PIN2 code.
Enter a new Terminal Security Code (four to
eight digits)YES
< UIM Setting>
Setting PIN Code
PIN1 Code Entry Set
You can set the FOMA phone not to work unless you
enter your PIN1 code when turning on the power.
Enter the PUK (PIN unblock code) (eight
digits).
pThe entered unblock code is
displayed as â_â.
pYou can make emergency calls
at 110/119/118 even from the
PUK Entry display.
mSettingsLock/Security
Change security code
Enter the current Terminal Security Code.
pIf you enter the code for the first time, enter â0000â.
Enter the new PIN1 code/PIN2 code again.
Enter a new PIN1 code/PIN2 code (four to
eight digits).
pThe entered PIN1 code/PIN2 code is displayed as â_â.
Enter the new PIN1 code/PIN2 code again.
mSettingsLock/SecurityUIM setting
Enter your Terminal Security Code
PIN1 code entry setON or OFF
Enter the PIN1 code.
pSee page 118 for the PIN1 code.
119
Security Settings
Enter PUK (PIN unblock code)
< Change Security Code>
Enter a new PIN1 code/PIN2 code (four to
eight digits).
< Lock All>
< Omakase Lock>
Locking your Phone to Prevent
Use by Others
Using Omakase Lock
If you set Lock All, you can do no operations other than
answering calls and turning on/off the power.
mSettingsLock/SecurityLock all
Enter your Terminal Security Code.
Security Settings
â â and âLock allâ appear and Lock All is set.
pTo release Lock All, enter your Terminal Security Code
from the Stand-by display. Even if you turn off the
power, Lock All will not be released.
Information
pYou cannot make calls during Lock All. However, you can
make emergency calls at 110/119/118. Select âYESâ from
the confirmation display for dialing.
pYou can receive calls, but the callersâ data such as their
names and images stored in the Phonebook are not
displayed except for their phone numbers. Further, the ring
tone sounds in âPattern 1â.
pGPS Location Provision is available even during Lock All.
pIf you fail to release Lock All five times in succession, the
power to the FOMA phone turns off. However, you can turn
it on again.
pYou can receive mail messages or Messages R/F during
Lock All; however, the Receiving or Reception Result
display for incoming mail messages and Messages R/F
does not appear. The icons such as â â, â â, or â â
appear after Lock All is released.
pThe desktop icon disappears during Lock All. When Lock All
is released, the icon reappears.
pThe tickers of i-Channel are not displayed during Lock All.
pThe default Wake-up display appears during Lock All even
when an i-motion movie has been set for the Wake-up
display.
pEven if you set Lock All, IC Card Lock is not activated.
When you have lost your FOMA phone or in other
cases, you can use this service to remotely lock your
FOMA phone by contacting DoCoMo or by operating
from My DoCoMo. Your privacy and Osaifu-Keitai are
protected.
To release the lock, contact DoCoMo by phone, etc.
âť Omakase Lock is a pay service. However, you are not charged
if you apply for this service at the same time as applying for the
suspension of the use or during the suspension.
âť Even during Omakase Lock, your FOMA phone
corresponds to the location provision request of GPS
function if âLocation request menuâ is set to âONâ.
â Setting/Releasing Omakase Lock
0120-524-360 Business hours: 24 hours
âťYou can set/release also from My DoCoMo site via a
personal computer or other devices.
pFor details on Omakase Lock, refer to âMobile Phone Userâs
Guide [Procedures and After-Sales Service]â.
âOmakase lockâ is displayed on the
Stand-by display and Omakase Lock is
set.
pOmakase Lock is the service that
locks the FOMA phone in which your contracted UIM is
inserted.
pDuring Omakase Lock, all the key operations are locked
except for answering voice calls/videophone calls, turning
on/off the power, adjusting the earpiece volume and
adjusting the ring volume, and respective functions (including
IC card functions) are disabled.
pYou can receive voice calls and videophone calls (except
PushTalk calls), but the callersâ data such as names and
images stored in the Phonebook are not displayed except for
their phone numbers. In addition, the ring image, ring tone,
and vibrator are reset to the default.
When you release Omakase Lock, the former settings return.
pMail messages received during Omakase Lock are held at
the Mail Center.
pYou can turn on/off the power, however, Omakase Lock is
not released by turning off the power.
pGPS Location Provision is available even during Omakase
Lock.
pNote that neither the UIM nor the microSD memory card is
locked.
Information
pEven while another function is working, Omakase Lock
applies after finishing that function.
pOmakase Lock can be set even when another lock function
is set. However, if you have set Public Mode (Drive Mode)
before setting Omakase Lock, you cannot receive voice
calls and videophone calls.
pOmakase Lock cannot be set when the FOMA phone is out
of the service area, turned off, or during Self Mode.
120
Information
pWhen you have signed up for Dual Network Service and are
using the mova phone, Omakase Lock cannot be set.
pOmakase Lock is a service that is activated by an offer from
the contractor of the UIM inserted in the FOMA phone. Even
when the contractor and the user of the FOMA phone differ,
the FOMA phone will be locked if the contractor offers to
DoCoMo.
pYou can release Omakase Lock only when the UIM of the
same phone number at locking is inserted in your FOMA
phone. If you cannot release it, contact âDoCoMo
Information Centerâ on the back page of this manual.
< Self Mode>
Using Self Mode
mSettingsLock/SecuritySelf mode
YESOK
â
â appears and Self Mode is set.
pTo release Self Mode, perform the same operation.
Information
pYou can make emergency calls at 110/119/118 even during
Self Mode. In this case, Self Mode is released.
pYou cannot receive mail messages, Area Mail messages, or
Messages R/F during Self Mode.
pEven if a call comes in during Self Mode, the âMissed callâ
icon does not appear after releasing Self Mode.
Locking Functions Regarding
Personal Information
To prevent other people from reading or tampering with
your personal information, you can set the following
functions not to be used:
ăťRecord message
ăťPlay/Erase msg.
ăťSelect image
ăťRemote monitoring
ăťPushTalk phonebook
ăťAdd to phonebook
ăťGroup setting
ăťNo. of phonebook
ăťPhonebook settings
ăťSearch phonebook
ăťVoice dial
ăťVoice announce
ăťKisekae tool
ăťFeel image playback
ăťDesktop
ăťRestrictions
ăťReject unknown
ăťCamera
ăťBar code reader
ăťText reader
ăťi-mode
ăťBookmark
ăťi-Channel
ăťMail
ăťPhoto-sending
ăťMail group
ăťChat group
ăťi-Îąppli
ăťIC card content
ăťToruCa
ăťGPS function
ăťOne Seg
ăťFull browser
ăťPC movie
ăťStill image
ăťMoving image
ăťVideo
ăťChara-den
ăťMelody
ăťmicroSD memory card
ăťInfrared data exchange
ăťiC communication
ăťPDF viewer
ăťDocument viewer
ăťMusic&Video Channel
ăťMUSIC
ăťMUSIC player
ăťAlarm
ăťSchedule
ăťToDo
ăťAlarm setting
ăťOwn number
ăťVoice memo
ăťMovie memo
ăťText memo
ăťUIM operation
ăťReset settings
ăťInitialize
ăťâNumber settingâ and âSet as
ring toneâ for Multi number
ăťData transfer
Security Settings
You can disable all phone calls and communication
functions.
During Self Mode, the caller hears the guidance to the
effect that radio waves do not reach or the power is
turned off. If you use DoCoMo Voice Mail Service or
Call Forwarding Service, you can use these services in
the same way as when the FOMA phone is turned off.
< Personal Data Lock>
mSettingsLock/Security
Personal data lock
Enter your Terminal Security Code.
â â appears and Personal Data Lock is set.
pTo release Personal Data Lock, perform the same
operation. When you set to âTimer lock at closeâ, the
display for releasing Personal Data Lock appears also
by opening the FOMA phone.
When you set âPIM/IC security modeâ to âFace readerâ,
follow the operation of âUse Face Reader to Release
Lockâ on page 124.
When you set to âDouble securityâ, enter your Terminal
Security Code after the operation on the page 124.
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
121
Security Settings
â To temporally release Personal Data Lock
When you select a function which cannot be used during
Personal Data Lock, the display for entering your Terminal
Security Code appears depending on the function. When
you enter your Terminal Security Code, â â is cleared and
you can temporarily use the function.
pWhen you show the Stand-by display with any menu
function not activated, Personal Data Lock is set again.
Information
pYou can automatically receive Messages R/F, i-mode mail
messages, chat mail messages, and SMS messages during
Personal Data Lock; however, the Receiving or Reception
Result display does not appear. Further, the receiving
operation such as ringing/vibration does not work, so you
are not notified of receiving. The icons such as â â, â â, or
â â appear after Personal Data Lock is released.
pDuring Personal Data Lock, the âNotification iconâ and
âDesktop iconâ such as âNew mailâ, âMissed alarmâ, âPhone
numberâ, âURLâ and âMail addressâ do not appear, however,
they reappear when you release Personal Data Lock.
pDuring Personal Data Lock, you cannot check a missed call
or new mail by pressing .> with the FOMA phone closed.
pDuring Personal Data Lock, the âPre-installedâ substitute
image is sent to the other party if you send the substitute
image during a videophone call.
pIf you set âLock allâ during Personal Data Lock, â â is
cleared and â â appears instead.
< Lock Setting>
Setting a Variety of Locks
Timer Lock ON at Close
You can set âTimer lock at closeâ that automatically
activates Personal Data Lock or IC Card Lock when the
specified time has elapsed after closing your FOMA
phone.
mSettingsLock/Security
Lock settingTimer lock ON at close
Enter your Terminal Security Code
Personal data lock or IC card lock
Select an elapse time.
If you set to other than âOFFâ, â
â appears and then
Timer Lock At Close is activated.
After the lock is activated, the Lock Release display
appears when you open the FOMA phone.
Information
pWhen the Stand-by display is not shown, or when another
function is working with the Stand-by display shown, the
lock is not activated even after the specified time elapses.
However, when another function ends after closing the
FOMA phone, the lock is activated after the specified time
elapses.
122
Information
pWhen a call or mail message comes in after closing the
FOMA phone, or when you open it, the elapsed time
counter returns to 0 seconds.
pWhen this function is activated, the lock is temporarily
released if you release each lock. However, it is re-locked
when the specified time elapses after closing the FOMA
phone.
PIM/IC Security Mode
You can set the way to release Personal Data Lock and
IC Card Lock.
mSettingsLock/Security
Lock settingPIM/IC security mode
Enter your Terminal Security Code
Select a security mode.
Security code
. . .Enter your Terminal Security Code to release the
lock. The setting is completed.
Face reader
. . .Use Face Reader authentication to release the lock.
Double security
. . .Enter your Terminal Security Code to release the lock
after using Face Reader authentication. The setting is
completed.
YES
Information
pYou cannot change PIM/IC Security Mode when the face
data files stored by Face Reader Setting are fewer than
three, or during Personal Data Lock or IC Card Lock.
< Face Reader Setting>
Using Face Reader
You can store your face data files in Face Reader and
use it for authentication when releasing IC Card Lock
or Personal Data Lock. To use Face Reader, you need
to store three or more face data files and set âPIM/IC
security modeâ to either âFace readerâ or âDouble
securityâ.
Store
To use Face Reader, store 3 or more face data files.
You can store up to 10 face data files.
â Notes on using Face Reader
pThe dirty camera might result in erroneous operation. Use
this function after wiping it with a soft cloth to clean the dirt
off.
pIn environment where the face is exposed to strong light and
the brightness significantly differs depending on the region of
the face, the face will not be recognized easily. In this case,
storing might become difficult or the recognition rate (the rate
of correct identification) might be lowered. Adjust so that the
face is exposed to even light.
pThe face might not be recognized normally when its entire
part is exposed to the light and becomes white.
pStoring the face might become difficult or the recognition rate
might be lowered when the face conditions are as described
below:
Guide frame
Recognition frame
Face Data Reading
display
Face to the front, and locate the face within the guide
frame. You can prevent the failure in authenticating the
face data file, which results from the difference in the
position of the face at storing and authenticating the data.
When your face is recognized, the recognition frame for
the eyes and mouth is displayed and the guide frame
becomes green. When the recognition frame is not
displayed or it comes off your eyes and mouth, place your
face off the frame; then change the facing direction of
your face to correctly display the recognition frame.
pThe number of face data files is displayed by the bar on
the Face Data Reading display.
Press Oo(
).
The face data file is shot.
Press Oo(
).
The face data file you have shot is stored. Repeat step 1
through step 3 to store three or more face data files.
pWhen the third face data file is stored, the message
appears telling that Face Reader can be more easily
used by adding face data file.
pWhen you press r, the confirmation display
appears asking whether to delete the face data file.
pIf you try to store the face data file in the same
environment, you might not be able to store it. Change
the direction of the face or the place for shooting.
Information
pAt shooting, the Call/Charging indicator flickers in red and
the shutter tone sounds regardless of the Manner Mode
setting. The sound volume for shutter tone cannot be
changed. Furthermore, the shutter tone does not sound
during playback of a music file by MUSIC Player, or
playback of a program by Music&Video Channel, or in
pause state.
123
Security Settings
Stored number bar
ăťWhen the features of the face (eyes, mouth, nose, and
eyebrows, etc.) are hard to see as they are covered by
hair, glasses, or a mask
ăťWhen the brightness significantly differs depending on the
region of the face such as when you are under the light in a
dark place
pThe recognition rate might rise by reacting in accordance
with the face conditions such as by raising the hair so that
the eyes, nose, mouth, and eyebrows are clearly visible
(taking the glasses and mask off) or moving to a place where
the face is exposed to even light. The recognition rate rises
also by storing the face data file additionally.
pThe face authentication technology does not completely
guarantee that you are recognized as yourself. Accordingly,
we are not at all responsible for damages resulting from the
use of this product by a third party or when the damages are
caused by what you could not use the function because of
wrong authentication by Face Reader.
mSettingsLock/Security
Lock settingFace reader setting
Enter your Terminal Security CodeStore
OK
Function Menu of the Face Data Reading Display
Function menu
Brightness
At Face reader
start-up
Âą0
Help
Operation/Explanation
You can adjust to -3 (dark) through +3
(bright).
Select a brightness level.
pYou can adjust brightness also by pressing
3 from the Face Data Reading display.
Delete Stored Images
Security Settings
You can set a password to be entered instead of the
Face Reader authentication for when âPIM/IC security
modeâ is set to âFace readerâ or âDouble securityâ.
You can check the cautions for shooting.
pYou can bring up Help also by pressing
0 from the Face Data Reading display.
You can reset all the face data files stored in Face
Reader.
Change Security Code
mSettingsLock/Security
Lock settingFace reader setting
Enter your Terminal Security Code
Delete stored imagesYES
Information
pYou cannot reset the face data files during Personal Data
Lock or IC Card Lock.
pWhen you reset the face data files, âPIM/IC security modeâ
is set to âSecurity codeâ.
mSettingsLock/Security
Lock settingFace reader setting
Enter your Terminal Security Code
Change security codeEnter the current
Face Reader Security Code.
pIf you enter the code for the first time, enter â0000â.
Enter a new Face Reader Security Code
(four to eight digits)YES
Use Face Reader to Release Lock
When âPIM/IC security modeâ is set to âFace readerâ,
use Face Reader to release the lock instead of using
your Terminal Security Code.
When it is set to âDouble securityâ, use Face Reader for
authentication and then enter your Terminal Security
Code to release the lock.
Display for releasing Personal Data Lock/IC
Card LockMatch the face to the guide
frame and press Oo(
).
Recognition-failed Image
The images not judged as yourself by Face Reader
recognition operation are saved. You can use these
images to specify who tried to illegally access your
data.
The image is overwritten every time recognition-failed
image is made.
mSettingsLock/Security
Lock settingFace reader setting
Enter your Terminal Security Code
Recog. failed imageSelect an image.
pTo delete the recognition-failed images, press
i(
), select âDelete thisâ, and then select
âYESâ.
Face Reader Security
You can set Face Reader to additionally recognize
blinking of the eyes.
mSettingsLock/Security
Lock settingFace reader setting
Enter your Terminal Security Code
Face reader securityNormal or High
Normal . . . Does not recognize blinking of the eyes.
High . . . . . Recognizes blinking of the eyes.
124
Guide frame
Recognition frame
Face Data Reading
display
Face to the front, and locate the face within the guide
frame. The recognition frame for the eyes and mouth is
displayed, and the guide frame becomes green. When
the recognition frame is not displayed or it comes off,
place your face off the frame; then change the facing
direction of your face to correctly display the recognition
frame.
pPerform the operation for authentication with the same
facial expression as when you stored the face data file.
pPress l(
) and enter your Face Reader
Security Code; then you can operate to authenticate
instead of using Face Reader.
For the Face Reader Security Code, see page 124.
â If you failed to be authenticated
When additional storing of the face data file is possible,
select âOKâ to bring up the confirmation display asking
whether to store additional face data file. Select âYESâ, enter
your Terminal Security Code; then you can store additional
face data file. When you cannot store any more face data
files, select âOKâ to show the Face Data Reading display. If
the shot face is judged as another person, a shutter tone
sounds and the recognition-failed image is saved. Select
âOKâ to show the Face Data Reading display. Try
authentication using Face Reader again.
pWhen 10 face data files are stored and a new data file is
added, the oldest data file is overwritten.
< Keypad Dial Lock>
Locking Keypad Dial
You can lock dialing from the numeric keys. When
using the FOMA phone for business purposes, private
use of the FOMA phone can be prevented.
â Unavailable operations
ăťDialing from the numeric keys
ăťInitial setting
ăťPhonebook (storing, editing, deleting, copying from the
microSD memory card, sending/receiving using Infrared
rays, sending/receiving using iC communication, and
sending/receiving using Bluetooth communication)
ăťPhone To/AV Phone To function
ăťMail To function
â Available operations
ăťDialing from the Phonebook or Voice Dial
ăťDialing from Redial, Dialed Calls, Received Calls, Sent
Address, or Received Address
(Only phone numbers stored in the Phonebook)
< Side Keys Guard>
Preventing Side Key Operation
Errors
You can disable the side keys p, <, and > for when
the FOMA phone is closed.
You can prevent operation errors in a bag.
ma (for at least one second)
â â appears and âSide keys guardâ is set to âONâ.
pTo set to âOFFâ, perform the same operation.
Information
pEven when âSide keys guardâ is set to âONâ, you can
answer an incoming PushTalk call by pressing .p. You can
get the talkerâs right by pressing .p during the PushTalk
communication.
pWhen an external device such as the Flat-plug Earphone/
Microphone with Switch (option) is connected, the function
of the side keys is valid regardless of this setting.
< Record Display Set>
Setting not to Display Redial/
Received Calls
mSettingsIncoming call
Record display set
Enter your Terminal Security Code
Select an item.
Received calls. . . . . . . Sets whether to display Received
Calls and Received Address.
Redial/Dialed calls . . . Sets whether to display Redial,
Dialed Calls and Sent Address.
ON or OFF
pWhen you set âReceived callsâ to âOFFâ, you cannot
play back record messages of voice calls, either.
mSettingsLock/Security
Keypad dial lock
Enter your Terminal Security Code.
â â is displayed and Keypad Dial Lock is set.
pTo release Keypad Dial Lock, perform the same
operation.
Information
pYou can make emergency calls at 110/119/118 using
numeric keys even during Keypad Dial Lock.
125
Security Settings
â When âFace reader securityâ is set to âHighâ
After you are successfully authenticated by Face Reader,
your eye blinking is checked. Repeat blinking your eyes
slowly. When the detection of eye blinking fails, the
authentication also fails.
pEven in the same environment as that for the
authentication by Face Reader, the detection of eye
blinking may fail. Change the place or the direction of your
face, and then operate.
Information
pIf you set Keypad Dial Lock, you can send mail only when
the address is called up from the Phonebook and when the
address stored in the Phonebook is called up from Sent
Address or Received Address.
Security Settings
< Secret Mode> /< Secret Data Only>
< Secret Mail Display>
Protecting Phonebook Entries and
Schedule Events from Prying Eyes
Applying Secret for Mail in
Outbox/Inbox
In ordinary mode, you cannot access/refer to
Phonebook entries or schedule events stored as secret
data. In Secret Mode, you can select whether to store
the stored/edited Phonebook entries/schedule events
as secret data or as ordinary data. The Phonebook
entries/schedule events you have stored/edited in
Secret Data Only are stored as secret data.
You can access/refer to all the data files in Secret Mode
but can access/refer to only the secret data files in
Secret Data Only.
You can set whether to display the mail (secret mail)
message from the sender or to the destination address
that matches secret data in the Phonebook.
+m-4-0
pWhen âSecret mail displayâ is set to âOFFâ, and any secret
address is included in addresses of simultaneous mail, that
mail message is not displayed.
pWhen âSecret mail displayâ is set to âOFFâ, and any secret
member is included in chat members, chat mail messages
of all chat members are not displayed.
pWhen âSecret mail displayâ is set to âOFFâ, Area Mail
messages are not displayed in Secret Data Only.
Activate Secret Mode
Activate Secret Data Only
+m-4-1
mSettingsLock/Security
Secret mode or Secret data only
Enter your Terminal Security Code.
When âSecret modeâ is selected, â â appears and
Secret Mode is activated.
When âSecret data onlyâ is selected, â â blinks, the
number of stored secret data items is displayed, and then
Secret Data Only is activated.
pIf you call up a Phonebook entry or schedule event in
Secret Mode, â â stays lit for ordinary data and â â
blinks for secret data.
pTo deactivate Secret Mode or Secret Data Only,
perform the same operation or press h from the
Stand-by display.
â To change secret data to an ordinary Phonebook
entry or schedule event
In Secret Mode or Secret Data Only, select âRelease secretâ
from the Function menu of the Phonebook entry or schedule
event to be released.
Information
pYou can store FOMA phoneâs Phonebook entries only as
secret data.
pWhen you make a call to the party stored as secret data,
his/her name is not displayed but the phone number is
displayed on the Dialing/Talking display.
pIf you call up a secret entry to make a call or send mail, the
record is not stored in âRedialâ, âDialed callsâ or âSent
addressâ.
pIf you simultaneously activate âLock allâ and âSecret modeâ
or âSecret data onlyâ, deactivating âLock allâ deactivates
âSecret modeâ or âSecret data onlyâ.
126
lMail settingsSecret mail display
Enter your Terminal Security Code
ON or OFF
Information
pEven when âSecret mail displayâ is set to âOFFâ, you can
check secret mail in Secret Mode or in Secret Data Only.
< Mail Security>
Setting not to Display Mail in
Outbox/Inbox without Permission
You can set the security function for the Inbox, Outbox
and Draft of the Mail menu.
You need to enter your Terminal Security Code to
display the mail messages in security-activated boxes.
lMail settingsMail security
Enter your Terminal Security Code
Put a check mark for boxes to be set
l(
pWhen security is set, â
box in the Mail menu.
â is added to the icon of the set
Information
pIf you set security for the Outbox and Inbox, mail addresses
are not stored in Sent Address and Received Address.
< Restrictions>
Setting Restrictions on
Phonebook Entries
Restrict Dialing
You can disable making voice calls, videophone calls, and
PushTalk calls to phone numbers other than specified ones.
When you use the FOMA phone for business use, this function
is useful for preventing the private use. Bring up the specified
) to make a
Phonebook entry and press d or Oo(
),
voice call. (To make a videophone call, press l(
and to make a PushTalk call, press p.) You can specify up to
20 phone numbers.
Call Acceptance
You can receive voice calls, videophone calls, and PushTalk
calls only from specified phone numbers. You can set only the
calls you want to accept to be connected. You can specify up
to 20 phone numbers.
This function is valid only when the other party notifies his/her
phone number. It is advisable to activate âCaller ID requestâ
simultaneously.
Detailed Phonebook displayi(
RestrictionsEnter your Terminal
Security CodeSelect an item.
Restrict dialing . . . . You can dial the specified phone
numbers only.
Call rejection. . . . . . You can reject calls from the
specified phone numbers.
Call acceptance . . . You can accept calls from the
specified phone numbers only.
Call forwarding . . . . See page 368.
Voice mail . . . . . . . . See page 365.
The set item is indicated by ââ
â.
pWhen a Phonebook entry contains multiple phone
numbers, press Mo on the detailed display to highlight
the phone number you will set Restrictions for.
pTo set Restrict Dialing for multiple phone numbers, first
set Restrict Dialing and press r to return to the
detailed Phonebook display; Mo to highlight the phone
number to be set for Restrict Dialing and continue the
operation. If you press h to return to the Stand-by
display, additional settings cannot be done. To do
additional settings, release Restrict Dialing for the set
phone number and activate Restrict Dialing again,
including the released phone number.
pTo release Restrictions, perform the same operation.
Security Settings
Call Rejection
You can reject voice calls, videophone calls, and PushTalk
calls from specified phone numbers. You can set only the calls
you do not want to receive to be rejected. The caller hears a
busy tone. You can specify up to 20 phone numbers.
This function is valid only when the other party notifies his/her
phone number. It is advisable to activate âCaller ID requestâ
and âCall setting w/o IDâ simultaneously.
Restrict Dialing/Call Rejection/Call
Acceptance
Information
pYou cannot set this function for Phonebook entries stored
as secret data, and in the UIM Phonebook.
pIf you activate âPersonal data lockâ while âCall rejectionâ or
âCall acceptanceâ is set, you can accept all incoming calls.
pYou cannot operate the following while âRestrict dialingâ is
set:
ăťCalling up/Referring to phone numbers other than
specified
ăťKeypad dial (except for the calls to the specified phone
numbers)
ăťDialing from Received Calls (except for the calls from the
specified phone numbers)
ăťStoring/Editing/Deleting Phonebook entries, copying
Phonebook entries from the microSD memory card, and
copying Phonebook entries to the UIM
pYou can make emergency calls at 110/119/118 even if you
set âRestrict dialingâ.
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
127
Security Settings
Information
pWhen a call comes in from the phone number set with âCall
rejectionâ, or from other than the phone number set with âCall
acceptanceâ, the call is stored in âReceived callsâ as a
missed call record and the icon of âMissed callâ appears on
the Stand-by display. Also, the caller hears a busy tone even
if you have set Voice Mail Service or Call Forwarding Service
to âActivateâ. However, if you set the ring time for Voice Mail
Service or Call Forwarding Service to 0 seconds, when the
FOMA phone is out of the service area, or when the power is
turned off, the busy tone will not be played back, activating
Voice Mail Service or Call Forwarding Service.
pYou can receive SMS messages or i-mode mail regardless
of the setting of âCall rejectionâ or âCall acceptanceâ.
Check/Release Restrictions on
Phonebook Entries
mPhonebookRestrictions
Enter your Terminal Security Code
Select an item.
pThe set item is indicated by ââ
â.
pTo release all the Phonebook entries set with
), select âReleaseâ, and
Restrictions, press i(
then select âYESâ.
Select a Phonebook entry.
Accept or Reject
pIf you select âAcceptâ, go to step 2 on page 98 to select
a ring tone.
If you select âSame as ring toneâ, the ring tone will be
the one selected in âPhoneâ of âSelect ring toneâ.
Information
pIf you select âRejectâ, the ring tone does not sound even if a
call comes in, the call is stored in âReceived callsâ as a
missed call record and the âMissed callâ icon appears on the
Stand-by display. Also, the caller hears a busy tone even if
you have set Voice Mail Service or Call Forwarding Service
to âActivateâ. However, if you set the ring time for Voice Mail
Service or Call Forwarding Service to 0 seconds, when the
FOMA phone is out of the service area, or when the power
is turned off, the busy tone will not be played back,
activating Voice Mail Service or Call Forwarding Service.
pYou can receive SMS messages or i-mode mail regardless
of this setting.
< Ring Time>
mSettingsIncoming callRing time
Do the following operations.
You can set the FOMA phone not to start ringing
operation immediately for when a voice call,
videophone call, or PushTalk call comes in from
the party whose phone number is not stored in
the Phonebook. This function is effective as a
countermeasure for blocking nuisance calls such
as one ring phone scam (one-giri).
ON or OFFEnter a start time (seconds).
pEnter from â01â through â99â in two digits.
Missed calls
display
You can set whether to display the call
disconnected within the time specified for
âRing start timeâ in Received Calls.
Display or Not display
Setting Response to Incoming
Calls without Caller ID
mSettingsLock/Security
Call setting w/o ID
Enter your Terminal Security Code
Select an item.
Unavailable
. . .Calls from the other party who cannot notify his/her
phone number such as calls from overseas or from
landline phones via call forwarding services.
(However, the caller ID might be notified depending
on the telephone companies the calls go through.)
PublicPhone
. . .Calls from public phones, etc.
User unset
. . When the caller has set the caller ID not to be notified.
128
Operation/Explanation
Ring start
time
+m-1-0
You can set whether to receive (accept) or not to receive
(reject) a voice call, videophone call, and PushTalk call
depending on the reason for no caller ID. There are three
reasons; âUnavailableâ, âPublicPhoneâ, and âUser unsetâ.
+m-9-0
Delaying Start of Ringing Operation
Item
The phone number set with Restrictions is displayed.
pTo release âRestrictionsâ per phone number, select the
phone number you want to release by following the
same steps above, and select âYESâ.
< Call Setting without ID>
Information
pWhen a call comes in from the party whose phone number is
stored in the Phonebook, the FOMA phone starts ringing as
soon as the call comes in even if â186â / â184â is added to the
phone number. However, during Personal Data Lock, or for the
call from the party whose phone number is stored as secret
data, ringing starts according to the setting of this function.
pIf the ring start time is longer than the ring time for Record
Message Setting, the ringing operations do not start,
activating Record Message instead. To activate Record
Message after starting the ringing operations, set the longer
ring time for Record Message Setting than the ring start
time. The same applies to the ring time for Voice Mail
Service, Call Forwarding Service, and Auto Answer Setting.
< Reject Unknown>
Rejecting Calls from Phone Numbers
which are not Stored in Phonebooks
You can reject voice calls, videophone calls, and
PushTalk calls from the party whose phone number is
not stored in the Phonebook. This function is valid only
when the other party notifies his/her phone number. It
is advisable to activate âCaller ID requestâ and âCall
setting w/o IDâ simultaneously.
mSettingsLock/Security
Reject unknown
Enter your Terminal Security Code
Accept or Reject
FOMA phone
Saves the Phonebook entries,
images, mail messages
Data Storage Center
Easily restores the data when the FOMA
phone is lost or exposed to water
Reflects the contents edited
on the personal computer
Internet
Personal computer etc.
Browse/Edit
the saved data
pData Security Service is a pay service that is available on a
subscription basis.
(You need to subscribe to i-mode to apply for Data Security
Service.)
pYou cannot set âReject unknownâ to âRejectâ while âRing
start timeâ of âRing timeâ is set to âONâ.
129
Security Settings
Information
pIf a call comes in from the party whose phone number is
stored as secret data, the call is not rejected, regardless of
this setting.
pIf you simultaneously activate âReject unknownâ and âCall
acceptanceâ of âRestrictionsâ, the latter has priority.
pWhen a call comes in from anyone whose phone number is
not stored in the Phonebook while you set this function to
âRejectâ, the call is stored in âReceived callsâ as a missed
call record, and the notification icon of âMissed callâ appears
on the Stand-by display. Also, the caller hears a busy tone
even if you have set Voice Mail Service or Call Forwarding
Service to âActivateâ. However, if you set the ring time for
Voice Mail Service or Call Forwarding Service to 0 seconds,
when the FOMA phone is out of the service area, or when
the power is turned off, the busy tone will not be played
back, activating Voice Mail Service or Call Forwarding
Service.
pEven when this function is set to âRejectâ, your FOMA
phone follows the settings specified by âCall setting w/o IDâ
if each setting of âCall setting w/o IDâ is set to âAcceptâ.
pYou can receive SMS messages or i-mode mail regardless
of this setting.
What is Data Security Service?
Data Security Service enables you to save the
Phonebook entries, images, and mail messages stored
in your FOMA phone (saved data files) to the DoCoMo
Data Storage Center.
You can restore the saved data files even when the
FOMA phone is lost or exposed to water, to your new
FOMA phone from the Data Storage Center by
operating i-mode. Also, you can periodically and
automatically update Phonebook entries on the FOMA
phone to the latest information. Further, you can easily
edit the saved data files stored at the Data Storage
Center from My DoCoMo page via a personal computer,
and can store the edited saved data files in the FOMA
phone.
pFor details on Data Security Service, refer to âMobile Phone
Userâs Guide [i-mode]â.
Other âSecurity Settingsâ
If you want
Other than introduced in this chapter, the following
functions/services for the Security Settings are
available:
If you want
Functions/
Service name
To prevent crank calls or vicious Nuisance Call
sales calls from incoming
Blocking Service
Reference
page
P.368
Security Settings
To protect the IC card function
from being used illegally
IC Card Lock
P.165
To change/confirm the mail
address
Change/Confirm
Mail Address
To reject mail with URL
Spam Mail
Prevention
(Reject Mail with
URL)
To accept or reject mail from the Spam Mail
specified domain
Prevention
To accept or reject mail between (Reject/Receive
Mail Settings)
i-mode mobile phones only
P.230
To update software programs in Software Update
the FOMA phone when
necessary
To accept or reject mail from the
specified address
P.434
To reject SMS messages
To protect the FOMA phone from Scanning
data liable to cause trouble
Function
P.440
To receive necessary mail only Receive Option
from among the large volume of
incoming mail
P.183
Reference
page
To store/check safety information i-mode Disaster
Message Board
using i-mode when a disaster
Service
occurs
To prevent the incoming call that Caller ID Request
P.369
does not notify a caller ID
To ensure safe and reliable data FirstPass
communication by using
electronic certificate services
âťLimited to FirstPass sites
Functions/
Service name
To reject the 200th and
succeeding i-mode mail
messages sent from a single
i-mode phone on the same day
Spam Mail
Prevention
(SMS Rejection
Settings)
âť
Reject Mass
i-mode Mail
Senders
To reject advertising mail that is Reject Unsolicited
sent unilaterally
Ad Mail
To restrict the file size of
incoming mail
Limit Mail Size
To confirm the settings for the
mail function
Confirm Settings
To stop the mail function
temporarily
Suspend Mail
To check whereabouts of lost
mobile phone
Keitai-Osagashi
Service
âťRefer to âMobile Phone Userâs Guide [i-mode]â
Information
pThe priority order of functions simultaneously set to prevent
nuisance calls is as follows: âNuisance Call Blocking
Serviceâ â âCall rejectionâ â âReject unknown/Call setting
w/o IDâ â âRing timeâ.
130
Camera
Before Using Cameras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
132
Shooting Still Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšStill Image Shootâş
139
Shooting Moving Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšMoving Image Shootâş
141
Changing Settings for Shooting Images. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
142
Setting Image Size and Image Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
143
Using Bar Code Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .âšBar Code Readerâş
146
Using Text Reader. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . âšText Readerâş
149
â Copyrights and Portrait Rights
You have no right to copy, modify, or distribute the contents of which a third party holds the copyright such
as text, image, music, or software programs downloaded from web pages on the Internet, or recorded using
this product, without permission from the copyright holder except for when the copy or quote is for personal
use that is allowed by the copyright law.
Note that it may be prohibited to shoot or record live performances or exhibitions even for personal use.
Make sure that you refrain from shooting portraits of other persons and distributing such portraits over the
Internet without consent, as this may violate portrait rights.
pYou may be imposed punishment according to the law and rule (such as the nuisance prevention
ordinance) if you use the FOMA phone to give a remarkable nuisance and misdeed to the public.
Please be considerate of the privacy of individuals around you when shooting and sending photos
using camera-equipped mobile phones.
131
Before Using Cameras
Camera
Notes for when Shooting Images
ｼ Check the lens for any stain before shooting. If the lens is stained, clean the lens with a soft cloth. If the lens is
stained with fingerprints or something oily, you will not be able to focus on a subject, or the stains are reflected
on still or moving images you shoot.
ｼ Make sure that you do not let fingers, hairs, or the strap overlap the lens when shooting.
ｼ Make sure that you hold the FOMA phone securely with your hands so that it does not move when shooting.
Otherwise, the image may be blurred, especially in a dark place.
ｼ Do not leave the FOMA phone with the lens pointing direct to the sunlight. Pixels may be discolored or burns may
result.
ｼ If you shoot under a fluorescent lamp, mercury lamp, or sodium lamp flickering at high speeds, âflicker
symptomâ, horizontal stripes flow from top to bottom or left to right of the display, may result. The color tone for
the image may vary depending on a shooting timing.
ｼ If you shoot a subject containing an area of an extremely high brightness such as the reflection of sun light, the
bright area might be black-spotted but this is not a malfunction.
ｼ Images shot by the cameras might differ from actual subjects in color tone and brightness.
ｼ When the battery level is low, you may not be able to save still or moving shot images.
ｼ A slight time lag is found between when you press Oo(
) and when you actually shoot. Therefore, if you
shoot a fast moving subject, the subject might be shot with its position slightly away from the one you see it
when you press Oo(
).
ｼ Do not remove the microSD memory card while saving files to it. The FOMA phone or microSD memory card
could malfunction.
ｼ If you turn off the power while saving a file, an incomplete file may be saved.
ｼ If the battery pack is removed off while saving a file to the FOMA phone or microSD memory card, that data
becomes contingent.
ｼ You need to obtain a microSD memory card separately to use the functions related to the microSD memory card.
The microSD memory card is available at mass retailers for home electric appliances, etc.
(See page 293)
132
Use Cameras
You can use the cameras to shoot still or moving images.
You can switch between the front (inside camera) and the back (outside camera).
The outside camera comes with the automatic focusing function to automatically focus on subjects. (See page 143)
The image stabilizer enables you to shoot images with less blur. (See page 144)
You can easily operate the main functions for shooting not only from the Function menu but also by operating the keys.
â Keys used for shooting
+l
Call out function menu
+i
Photo light (when the outside camera is used)
pEach time of pressing switches between âONâ and âOFFâ.
+m
Shutter/Save
+Oo
Tele
+Vo
Wide
+Co
Switch settings for Focus (when the outside camera is used)
pEach time of pressing switches in order of âAutoââ
âClose-upâââLandscapeâ.
+Zo
Autofocus (when the outside camera is used)
+Xo
Inside camera
Camera
Operate icon menu
Outside camera
Change camera-mode
pEach time of pressing switches in order of âPhoto modeâ
ââMovie modeâââContinuous modeâ.
+c
Switch displays for Icons
.<
Brightness
-1
White balance
-2
Photo mode
-3
Image quality
-4
Image size
-5
Image stabilizer
-6
Auto timer
-7
Switch setting for Store in
pEach time of pressing switches between âPhoneâ and
âmicroSDâ.
-9
Switch camera
pEach time of pressing switches between inside camera
and outside camera.
-d
End camera (in ordinary time)
Release focus lock (when focus is locked)
-r
End camera
-h
Information
pWhile the camera is activated, the photo light flickers. You cannot turn off flickering.
pYou cannot change or silence the volume of the shutter sound. You cannot set a downloaded melody for the shutter sound, either.
pIf no key operation is done on the Finder display, the camera is automatically deactivated after about three minutes.
pWhen you shoot in a dark place, ensure to set âPhoto modeâ of âCamera settingsâ to âNight modeâ.
pYou can operate the following by the Icon menu: âBrightnessâ, âWhite balanceâ, âPhoto modeâ, âImage qualityâ, âImage sizeâ,
âImg. stabilizerâ by the Icon Menu.
133
Camera Setting and Finder Display
On the Finder display, the settings are indicated by bars and icons.
Camera
Icon/bar name
Icon
Camera mode
Store in
Description
Photo mode
P.139
Movie mode
P.141
Continuous mode (Auto, Manual, Auto bracket)
P.139
Phone: Stores in the FOMA phone.
microSD: Stores on the microSD memory card.
Number of recordable
image
â
Memory capacity bar
File size setting
Page
P.144
Number of remaining recordable still images
Up to 999 images are displayed.
â
Memory usage state (estimate) in Movie mode
Displayed in red when the memory space reaches maximum.
â
Mail restrictân (S): Up to 500 Kbytes can be saved.
Mail restrictân (L): Up to 2 Mbytes can be saved.
P.143
Long time: Long time recording is possible.
Focus guide
Focus guide
Focus
Auto
Close-up
â
P.144
Landscape
Photo light
Photo light on
P.143
Shooting status
During moving image recording
P.141
Records only the video.
P.145
Movie type set
Recordable time
Recordable time (estimate) for moving images
â
Top icon
Shows the vertical direction of the still or moving image.
â
Zoom bar
Zooming status
P.142
Brightness of shot image
P.143
Brightness
134
â
âź
Icon/bar name
White balance
Icon
Description
Page
Auto: For adjusting white balance automatically
Fine: For shooting outdoors in fine weather
Cloudy: For shooting in cloudy weather or in the shade
P.143
Light bulb: For shooting under incandescent light
Fluorescent light: For shooting under fluorescent light
Number of frames for
Number of frames at âManualâ shooting in âContinuous modeâ
continuous shooting
Auto timer
Photo mode
Auto timer ON
P.145
P.146
Normal
Portrait
Sports
Food
Scenery
P.144
Backlight
Character
Snow
Sunset
Pet
Image quality
Normal: Standard quality
Fine: Fairly high quality
P.143
Super fine: High quality
Image size
(Photo mode/
Continuous mode)
5M (2592 x 1944)
3.7M Wide (2592 x 1456)
Image size
(Movie mode)
2M Wide (1920 x 1080)
2M (1600 x 1200)
Stand-by (480 x 854)
VGA (640 x 480)
Continuous shot
Inside camera photo
Outside camera photo
3M (2048 x 1536)
CIF (352 x 288)
QVGA (240 x 320)
P.143
QCIF (176 x 144)
Sub-QCIF (128 x 96)
VGA (640 x 480)
HVGA Wide (640 x 352)
QVGA (320 x 240)
QCIF (176 x 144)
Sub-QCIF (128 x 96)
Image stabilizer
Image stabilizer (Auto or OFF)
P.144
135
Camera
Night mode
Specifications for Still Image Shooting
File format
JPEG
Compression format
Pixels
Photo: 5M (2592 x 1944), 3.7M Wide (2592 x 1456), 3M (2048 x 1536), 2M Wide (1920 x 1080),
2M (1600 x 1200), Stand-by (480 x 854), VGA (640 x 480), CIF (352 x 288),
QVGA (240 x 320), QCIF (176 x 144), Sub-QCIF (128 x 96)
Continuous Shooting: VGA (640 x 480), CIF (352 x 288), QVGA (240 x 320), QCIF (176 x 144),
Sub-QCIF (128 x 96)
Extension
Camera
Baseline format
jpg
Title
Automatically set according to the date and time the image was saved and the number of shot
frames (when the 1st frame was shot at 10:00 on November 15, 2007)
â2007/11/15 10:00â
File name
Automatically set according to the date and time the image was saved and the number of shot
frames (when the 1st frame was shot at 10:00 on November 15, 2007)
â200711151000000â (Store in: Phone)
âP1000001â (Store in: microSD)
Maximum file size
1.8 Mbytes
Mail attachment/Output
Memory capacity
Can be attached to mail or output from the FOMA phone by using the microSD memory card.
Approx. 101.6 Mbytes (Phone)
See page 136 for the microSD memory card.
Estimate of the number of storable still images
The number of files that can be saved varies depending on shooting environments.
âťThe number of files that can be saved to the FOMA phone and microSD memory card has limit.
â The number of files that can be saved to P905i
Image quality
Image size
5M
(2592 x 1944)
3.7M Wide
(2592 x 1456)
3M
(2048 x 1536)
2M Wide
(1920 x 1080)
2M
(1600 x 1200)
Stand-by
(480 x 854)
VGA
(640 x 480)
CIF
(352 x 288)
QVGA
(240 x 320)
QCIF
(176 x 144)
Sub-QCIF
(128 x 96)
â The number of files that can be saved to the microSD
memory card (64 Mbytes)
Super fine
(Approx.)
Fine
(Approx.)
Normal
(Approx.)
54
74
97
81
97
121
97
120
137
139
191
237
139
191
237
649
880
1,080
950
1,131
1,320
1,697
2,160
2,500
1,980
2,500
2,500
2,500
2,500
2,500
2,500
2,500
2,500
pThe number of files that can be saved is an estimate.
136
Image quality
Image size
5M
(2592 x 1944)
3.7M Wide
(2592 x 1456)
3M
(2048 x 1536)
2M Wide
(1920 x 1080)
2M
(1600 x 1200)
Stand-by
(480 x 854)
VGA
(640 x 480)
CIF
(352 x 288)
QVGA
(240 x 320)
QCIF
(176 x 144)
Sub-QCIF
(128 x 96)
Super fine
(Approx.)
Fine
(Approx.)
Normal
(Approx.)
34
47
62
51
62
77
62
77
87
89
122
152
89
122
152
411
563
691
608
724
845
1,087
1,383
1,902
1,268
1,691
2,174
2,536
3,044
3,805
3,805
5,073
5,073
Specifications for Moving Image Shooting
File format
MP4, ASF
Coding system
Pixels
Video: MPEG4 Voice: AMR, G.726
VGA (640 x 480), HVGA Wide (640 x 352), QVGA (320 x 240), QCIF (176 x 144),
Sub-QCIF (128 x 96)
Extension
3gp, mp4, asf
Title
Automatically set according to the date and time the image was recorded
(when shot at 10:00 on November 15, 2007)
â2007/11/15 10:00â
File name
Automatically set according to the date and time the image was recorded
(when shot at 10:00 on November 15, 2007)
â200711151000â (Store in: Phone)
âMOL001â (Store in: microSD)
Maximum file size
Mail attachment/Output
Can be attached to mail or output from the FOMA phone by using the microSD memory card.
Camera
Memory capacity
2 Mbytes (Store in: Phone)
Can be limited to the size which can be attached to i-motion mail when shooting. (See page 143)
Approx. 101.6 Mbytes (Phone)
See page 138 for the microSD memory card.
Estimate of recordable time
The recordable time varies depending on shooting environments. Take reference to the recordable time and memory capacity
which appears on the Finder display.
â Recordable time to P905i
Image size
VGA
(640 x 480)
HVGA Wide
(640 x 352)
QVGA
(320 x 240)
QCIF
(176 x 144)
Sub-QCIF
(128 x 96)
Movie
type set
Mail
restriction
(S)
Mail
restriction
(L)
Mail
restriction
(S)
Mail
restriction
(L)
Mail
restriction
(S)
Mail
restriction
(L)
Mail
restriction
(S)
Mail
restriction
(L)
Mail
restriction
(S)
Mail
restriction
(L)
Normal
Video
Voice
Normal
Video
Voice
Normal
Video
Voice
Normal
Video
Voice
Normal
Video
Voice
Normal
Video
Voice
Normal
Video
Voice
Normal
Video
Voice
Normal
Video
Voice
Normal
Video
Voice
Recordable time per recording (Approx.)
Image quality
Super fine
Fine
Normal
2 sec
4 sec
8 sec
2 sec
4 sec
8 sec
305 sec
8 sec
16 sec
30 sec
8 sec
16 sec
30 sec
20 min
3 sec
5 sec
10 sec
3 sec
5 sec
10 sec
305 sec
11 sec
20 sec
40 sec
11 sec
20 sec
40 sec
20 min
4 sec
5 sec
15 sec
4 sec
5 sec
15 sec
305 sec
16 sec
20 sec
59 sec
16 sec
20 sec
60 sec
20 min
10 sec
35 sec
69 sec
10 sec
39 sec
78 sec
305 sec
39 sec
141 sec
279 sec
40 sec
159 sec
318 sec
20 min
19 sec
62 sec
122 sec
20 sec
78 sec
156 sec
305 sec
75 sec
254 sec
497 sec
80 sec
318 sec
10 min
20 min
Total recordable time (Approx.)
Image quality
Super fine
Fine
Normal
349 sec
11 min
22 min
351 sec
11 min
22 min
957 min
349 sec
11 min
22 min
351 sec
11 min
22 min
957 min
464 sec
15 min
29 min
468 sec
15 min
30 min
957 min
464 sec
15 min
29 min
468 sec
15 min
30 min
957 min
11 min
15 min
44 min
11 min
15 min
45 min
957 min
11 min
15 min
44 min
11 min
15 min
45 min
957 min
29 min
108 min
213 min
30 min
121 min
243 min
957 min
29 min
108 min
213 min
30 min
121 min
243 min
957 min
57 min
194 min
380 min
60 min
243 min
487 min
957 min
57 min
194 min
380 min
60 min
243 min
487 min
957 min
pThe recordable time is an estimate.
137
ᾥáśáśáśáśáśáśáśáś
File size
setting
â Recordable time to microSD memory card (64 Mbytes)
Image size
File size
setting
VGA
(640 x 480)
Recordable time per recording (Approx.)
Total recordable time (Approx.)
Image quality
Image quality
Movie
type set
Super fine
Fine
Normal
Super fine
Fine
Normal
Normal
227 sec
447 sec
14 min
227 sec
447 sec
14 min
Video
231 sec
462 sec
15 min
231 sec
462 sec
15 min
180 min
Voice
HVGA Wide
(640 x 352)
Normal
301 sec
577 sec
18 min
301 sec
577 sec
18 min
Video
308 sec
10 min
20 min
308 sec
10 min
20 min
180 min
Voice
QVGA
(320 x 240)
Long time
447 sec
577 sec
26 min
447 sec
577 sec
26 min
Video
462 sec
10 min
30 min
462 sec
10 min
30 min
180 min
Camera
18 min
60 min
96 min
18 min
60 min
96 min
Video
20 min
80 min
160 min
20 min
80 min
160 min
180 min
240 min
Normal
34 min
96 min
137 min
34 min
96 min
137 min
Video
40 min
160 min
180 min
40 min
160 min
320 min
Voice
pThe recordable time is an estimate.
138
240 min
Normal
Voice
Sub-QCIF
(128 x 96)
240 min
Normal
Voice
QCIF
(176 x 144)
240 min
180 min
240 min
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF
File Type Extension : pdf
MIME Type : application/pdf
PDF Version : 1.5
Linearized : No
Page Count : 140
XMP Toolkit : XMP toolkit 2.9.1-13, framework 1.6
About : uuid:5251db99-a505-4473-9c90-4780e281ec80
Modify Date : 2007:10:11 15:14:41+01:00
Create Date : 2007:10:11 15:14:29+01:00
Metadata Date : 2007:10:11 15:14:41+01:00
Document ID : uuid:954b3fc8-4454-40be-93ce-f4b19dd531fe
Format : application/pdf
Title : 000.P905i英語.book
Creator : FrameMaker 7.2
Author : Administrator
Producer : Acrobat Distiller 6.0 (Windows)
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools
